Professional Documents
Culture Documents
14 MAIN
CATALOGUE
15
New to the catalogue: QR codes
Scan this QR code and calling up
information.
i
1 2 3
Due to its consistent quality philosophy, The high quality of Hensel products offers
Hensel-brand products have established the highest level of protection against
themselves in a wide variety of industries. corrosion and accidents involving electric
They are standard products in all types of current. They are resistant to UV radiation,
installations, due not only to their stable impacts, dust and water.
design and resistance especially in difcult Regardless of whether the air is impaired
environments. The positive resonance of the because of heat, cold, moisture or dirt;
market and satisfaction of our customers Hensel-brand products can be easily used
speak for themselves. in extreme environments and under tough
conditions.
Imprint
Photos:
Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG
3
Development and Quality
Headquarters
in Lennestadt
4
Development and Environment
Made in Germany
5
References
References
Hensel products installed in
demanding areas of application,
see www.hensel-electric.de
References
6
References
7
Production
Made in Germany
8
Service
Customized solutions 10
Seminars and trainings 11
Fairs and mobile exhibitions 12
Internet and digital communication 13
Professional project engineering 14
9
Service
Customized solutions
Enclosures on customer request
for individual applications
Production beyond of our series production Describe your conceptions and desires to
can meet special technical requirements for our specialist, we ensure for the fact that
cable junction boxes. your special requirements are to find an
Planning, engineering and manufacturing of individual solution.
these individual solutions is our part. The more detailed your instructions
(sketches etc.) are, the faster we can offer
As a matter of course our customized a reliable and economical solution.
products comply to the valid standards.
Your advantages:
Individual cutouts - round or angular -
in enclosure walls
Enclosures with pre-mounted cable
glands
Pre-mounted individual terminal assign-
ment in enclosures
Example:
Low voltage halogen lighting - 5 drillings for
grommets M 12 in lower box wall
Example:
Antenna tap 3 drillings for cable glands
M 12 in lower box wall
10
Seminars and Tranings at the factory
11
Service
Trade fairs
12
Service
Communication, Internet
The aim of our media presence is to
always well informed provide at any time the latest information
about our company and its products
for the electrician, the employee in the
electrical wholesale trade, the industrial
electrician or the planner.
News and Information:
www.hensel-electric.de
Hensel-News on Facebook!
facebook.com/henselelectric
Follow us onTwitter!
twitter.com/henselelectric
Contents:
Products with technical details
Service
Company with history
References
Career
Contact
Up to date
Noticing list
High-speed search of products
Mobile catalogue
On-line purchase order forms for
Hensel webpages for your
catalogues and service offers
Smartphone
Download of
- price lists
Now you can visit the Hensel website with
- advertisement texts
your Smartphone. Via a mobile Web brow-
- conformity declarations
ser, you can open the website. The mobile
- further documentations
catalogue has been created specifically for
smartphones. All information will be shown
on your Smartphone compact and easy to
match the screen size.
QR codes
Go to information, save and process it with just one click!
QR codes are square, two-dimensional bar codes, texts, links and phone numbers can be
included. With the help of smart phones and a reader software, such information may be
accessed. The Reader software is usually free.
QR codes can be found in this catalogue. For example, scan this QR code,
then look at the one-click installation ENYSTAR movie on your phone.
13
Service
Professional
project engineering
14
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Assembling
videos
15
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Content
Cable entry via elastic membranes from the rear and by box walls and lid
from 1.5 up to 2.5 mm2
IP 55
for the clip-on attachment
- with terminals for copper conductors, grey RAL 7035 51
- without terminals, grey RAL 7035 51
- with terminals for copper conductors, white RAL 9016 52
- without terminals, white RAL 9016 52
16
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Content
With terminal blocks for aluminium- (Alu) and copper conductors (Cu)
from 1.5 up to 4 mm2
IP 65
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts
- Terminal boxes with terminal blocks 109 - 111
17
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Criteria for Selecting
Applications Functions
Branching and Branching and
connecting of connecting of
copper conduc- aluminium and
tors copper conduc-
tors
In rooms with dry climate Pages 22-52 Pages 54-60
In damp and wet environments
Protected outdoors (refer to technical details)
On flameable parts of buildings
In buildings with mainly inflammable materials
In areas with a high risk of fire
18
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Criteria for Selecting
Connecting solid Combining multi- 2 circuits Main line branch Without terminals Box walls
conductors and ple control wires in one box terminals without
stranded conduc- to one control knockouts
tors cable
Page 54-55 Pages 109-111 Pages 43-44 Page 106-107 Pages 30-36, Pages 33-36
Pages 109-111 DP 9220, Page 41 DN 2000, all Boxes,
DP 9221, DN 2030, Pages 71-74, 76-77
DP 9222 Page 44, 47 Page 91-92
Page 48 DE 9321,
Page 49,
Page 51 DE 9220,
Page 52 DE 9221,
Pages 64-65, 68-69,
71-74, 76-77, 89-92
Page 103 D 9220,
D 9240
Pages 43-44 Page 44
DP 9220,
DP 9221,
DP 9222
Page 76-77
19
DK Cable junction boxes
Box Walls
Wall 18 Wall 25
Wall 6
4 x M 25 1 x Removable-
2 x M 25/32
3 x M 40/50 system
Wall 7
Wall 19 Wall 26
2 x M 32
8 x M 32 2 x Removable-
4 x M 40/50 system
Wall 8
2 x M 32/40 Wall 20 Wall 27
2 x M 20 3 x Removable-
Wall 9 10 x M 25 system
2 x M 40 1 x M 32/40
Wall 28
Wall 10 Wall 21 4 x Removable-
2 x M 20/25 1 x M 20 system
1 x M 25/32 4 x M 25
1 x M 32/40
3 x M 40/50
Wall 11 Wall 29
2 x M 20/25 1 x M 63
1 x M 32/40
Wall 30
Wall 12 2 x M 50
1 x M 20/25
1 x M 25/32 Wall 31
1 x M 40/50
4 x up to 16 mm
1 x up to 35 mm
Wall 13
1 x M 20/25
2 x M 40/50
20
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals in Plug-in Technology
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
Plenty of space for the wiring: Different conductor types - rigid (r) and Conductors can be directly
Wiring facilities both below the DIN rails flexible (f) without treatment of conduc- connected and disconnected with
and between the terminals. tors - can be connected in one terminal. installed terminal.
21
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals in Plug-in Technology
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KC 9045 10
6 Wall 5
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 10
119
see annex DK Cable junction boxes
included cable entry: 4 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
KC 9255 16
8 Wall 8
2.5-10 mm, Cu 3~ 11
160
included cable entry: 3 ESM 32, sealing range 9-23 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
KC 9355 13
15 Wall 15
2.5-16 mm, Cu 3~ 13
210
for normal environment and protected outdoor
22
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
Variable terminal mounting Stainless steel cover screws with quick Hensel cable junction boxes can in
positions (5 positions) and fastening metric thread. general also be used in poor
new terminal technology Reducing cover xing time. environmental conditions by using
IP 65 cable glands AKM/ASM.
Included
accessories as listed: Labelling
system for circuit description Burning behaviour:
grommets ESM = IP 55 Labeltemplate on the Internet at Glow wire test according
www.hensel-electric.de - in the to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C / 960 C,
Downloads area. flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
23
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
D 9025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 88 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
included cable entry: 4 ESM 20, sealing range 6-13 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 9125 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 88 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
included cable entry: 4 ESM 20, sealing range 6-13 mm
with external fixing
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 9145 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 98 61
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
included cable entry: 4 ESM 20, sealing range 6-13 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 9045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
with terminals 98 61
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
included cable entry: 4 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
24
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 9065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10
119
2 x 10 mm sol
included cable entry: 3 ESM 32, sealing range 9-23 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10
125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
included cable entry: 3 ESM 32, sealing range 9-23 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9255 16
8 Wall 8
10-25 mm, Cu 3~ 11
K 9502 12
17 Wall 17
10-35 mm, Cu 3~ 12
25
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 9355 15
13 Wall 13
16-35 mm, Cu 3~ 15
260
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9504 12
17 Wall 17
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 12
310
order AKM/ASM separately (refer to index cable entry systems)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9505 12
17 Wall 17
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 12
K 7055 20
21 Wall 21
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 20
required
for normal environment and protected outdoor
26
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 7004 20
21 Wall 21
16-70 mm, Cu 3~ 20
450
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 7005 20
21 Wall 21
16-70 mm, Cu 3~ 20
450
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 1204 20
21 Wall 21
16-150 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20
27
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 1205 20
21 Wall 21
16-150 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20
450
Order cable glands, flanges and other accessories separately as
required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 2404 20
19 Wall 19
25-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18
required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
28
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 2405 20
19 Wall 19
25-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18
600
required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
29
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
D 9020 3
3 Wall 3
1
without terminals 88 53
included cable entry: 4 ESM 20, sealing range 6-13 mm
88
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 9120 3
3 Wall 3
1
without terminals 88 53
with external fixing
88
included cable entry: 4 ESM 20, sealing range 6-13 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 9140 3
3 Wall 3
1
without terminals 98 58
included cable entry: 4 ESM 20, sealing range 6-13 mm
98
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 9040 4
4 Wall 4
2
without terminals 98 61
included cable entry: 4 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm
98
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9060 10
6 Wall 5
10
K 9100 14
6 Wall 6
10
30
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 9250 16
8 Wall 8
11
160
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9350 13
15 Wall 15
13
210
K 9500 12
17 Wall 17
12
310
31
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Box Walls without Knockouts
Burning behaviour:
Glow wire test according
to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
32
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Box Walls without Knockouts
D 8020
without terminals 88 53
box walls without knockouts
88
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 8120
without terminals 88 53
with external fixing
88
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 8040
without terminals 98 58
box walls without knockouts
98
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 8060
K 8100
33
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Box Walls without Knockouts
K 8250
160
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 40
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 8350
210
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 8500
310
wall thickness of the bottom part 3 mm
34
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Box Walls without Knockouts
K 0100
150
box walls without knockouts
please order DIN rails or mounting plates additionally
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 0200
300
box walls without knockouts
please order DIN rails or mounting plates additionally
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 0300
450
please order DIN rails or mounting plates additionally
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 0400
35
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Box Walls without Knockouts
K 0101
150
box walls without knockouts
please order DIN rails or mounting plates additionally
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 0201
300
box walls without knockouts
please order DIN rails or mounting plates additionally
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 0301
450
please order DIN rails or mounting plates additionally
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 0401
36
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Empty Boxes
Accessories for Cable Junction Boxes K0x0x
Mi TS 15
DIN rail
length 134 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715 15
134
for Mi Empty box size 1
35
for equipment or terminals with clip-on mounting
with fixing screws
Mi TS 30
DIN rail
length 284 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715 15
284
for Mi empty box sizes 1 to 8
35
for equipment or terminals with clip-on mounting
with fixing screws
Mi TS 45
DIN rail
length 434 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715 15
434
for Mi empty box size 3
35
for equipment or terminals with clip-on mounting
with fixing screws
Mi TS 60
DIN rail
length 584 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715 15
584
for Mi empty box sizes 4 and 8
35
for equipment or terminals with clip-on mounting
with fixing screws
Mi MP 1
Mounting plate
W 259 x H 115 mm
material thickness 4 mm 259
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 1, 2, 3, 4
115
Mi MP 2
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 265 mm
material thickness 4 mm 265
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
265
37
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Empty Boxes
Accessories for Cable Junction Boxes K0x0x
Mi MP 3
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 415 mm
material thickness 4 mm 265
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 3, 4
with fixing screws
415
Mi MP 4
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 565 mm
material thickness 4 mm 265
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 4, 8
with fixing screws
565
Mi PL 2
Sealing cap
2 sealing caps for converting the lid fasteners
Mi SR 4
Conversion set
for manual operation on tool operation
4 fastening covers
Mi SN 4
Conversion set
for converting lid fasteners from tool to
manual operation
4 manual actuators
38
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Empty Boxes
Accessories for Cable Junction Boxes K0x0x
Mi DV 01
Locking device insertion
only in connection with Mi PL 2, Mi SR 4 or Mi SN 4
Mi ZS 11
Lid lock
with locking device I
Isbeing used instead of fasteners for hand or tool operation in
order to prevent unauthorised opening of the lids
consisting of: cylinder lock, keys, locking device insertion, dust
cover
Mi ZS 12
Lid lock
with locking device II
Isbeing used instead of fasteners for hand or tool operation in
order to prevent unauthorised opening of the lids
consisting of: cylinder lock, keys, locking device insertion, dust
cover
Mi DR 04
Lid fastener for tool operation
triangle 8 mm
is used instead of fasteners for hand- or tool operation, in order to
make unauthorized opening of lids more difficult
4 locking devices with triangle 8 mm and key
DS 1
Triangular key 8 mm
Mi AL 40
4 stainless steel external brackets
for external fixing of enclosures
39
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes and Integrated M 20 Thread
IP 55 with cable entry via IP 65 with ADM 20 cable gland without Captive cover screws with
elastic membranes. locknut. The gland is secured by an quick-release lock.
integrated M 20 thread.
Burning behaviour:
Glow wire test according
to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
40
DK Cable Junction boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes and Integrated M 20 Thread
DN 2035 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 3
with terminals 85 51
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
85
cable entry via elastic membranes and integrated M 20 thread
8 elastic membranes, closed, sealing range 3-12 mm
included cable entry: 3 ADM 20, sealing range 6,5-13,5 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DN 2005 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 3
with terminals 85 51
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
85
cable entry via elastic membranes and integrated M 20 thread
8 elastic membranes, closed, sealing range 3-12 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DN 2030 3
3 Wall 3
3
without terminals 85 51
cable entry via elastic membranes and integrated M 20 thread
85
8 elastic membranes, closed, sealing range 3-12 mm
included cable entry: 3 ADM 20, sealing range 6,5-13,5 mm
DN 2000 3
3 Wall 3
3
without terminals 85 51
cable entry via elastic membranes and integrated M 20 thread
85
ADM 20
ISO thread M 20 x 1.5
sealing range 6,5-13,5 mm
with strain relief
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
41
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Knockouts
for Cable Trunking and Conduit Installation
Simply cut out cable trunking wall The cables can be inserted from the Stainless steel cover screws with quick
to the required width. front! No threading of cables neccessary! fastening metric thread.
Supplied accessory grommets Reducing cover xing time.
DPS 02 = IP 54
42
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Knockouts
for Cable Trunking and Conduit Installation
DP 9025 26
26 Wall 26
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 25
with terminals 88 50
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
for cable trunking and conduit installation
included cable entry: 4 DPS 02, sealing range 10-13,5 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DP 9221 28
27 Wall 27
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 27
119
for cable trunking and conduit installation
included cable entry: 7 DPS 02, sealing range 10-13,5 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DP 9222 28
27 Wall 27
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 27
119
for cable trunking and conduit installation
included cable entry: 7 DPS 02, sealing range 10-13,5 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DPC 9225 28
27 Wall 27
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 27
43
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Knockouts
for Cable Trunking and Conduit Installation
DP 9020 26
26 Wall 26
25
without terminals 88 50
for cable trunking and conduit installation
88
included cable entry: 4 DPS 02, sealing range 10-13,5 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DP 9220 28
27 Wall 27
27
119
included cable entry: 7 DPS 02, sealing range 10-13,5 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DPS 02
Removable grommet
degree of protection: IP 54 sealing range 10-13.5 mm
for retrofitting
for cable junction boxes DP 9020, DP 9220, DP 9025, DP 9221, DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
ERA 20
Removable conduit adapter
degree of protection: IP 54 sealing range 10-13.5 mm
for wiring conduits M 20
for cable junction boxes DP 9020, DP 9220, DP 9025, DP 9221, DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
EKA 20
Removable trunking adapter
degree of protection: IP 54 sealing range 10-13.5 mm
for mini trunking up to 20 x 20 mm
for cable junction boxes DP 9020, DP 9220, DP 9025, DP 9221, DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
44
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes
No punching tool required - insert the Grommet supplied for sealing membra- Labelling
system for circuit description
conductor and its done nes in case of modifications. Labeltemplate on the Internet at
Degree of protection IP 55 www.hensel-electric.de - in the
Downloads area.
Box wall with 3 cable entries Stainless steel cover screws with quick Burning behaviour:
fastening metric thread. Glow wire test according
Reducing cover xing time. to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
45
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes
DE 9325 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 24
with terminals 88 47
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
sealing range 6.5-16 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9345 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 24
with terminals 98 52
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
sealing range 6.5-18 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9335 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 24
88
2 x 4 mm sol/s/f
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
sealing range 6.5-16 mm
with cable retention (2 pc.) for cable tie up to 6.5 mm width
for normal environment and protected outdoor
46
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes
DE 9320 24
23 Wall 23
24
without terminals 88 47
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
88
sealing range 6.5-16 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9340 24
23 Wall 23
24
without terminals 98 52
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
98
sealing range 6.5-18 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9330 24
23 Wall 23
24
without terminals 88 47
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
88
sealing range 6.5-16 mm
with cable retention (2 pc.) for cable tie up to 6.5 mm width
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9350 24
23 Wall 23
24
without terminals 98 52
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
98
sealing range 6.5-18 mm
with cable retention (2 pc.) for cable tie up to 6.5 mm width
for normal environment and protected outdoor
47
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes
DE 9326 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 24
with terminals 88 47
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
sealing range 6.5-16 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9346 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 24
with terminals 98 52
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
sealing range 6.5-18 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9336 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 24
88
2 x 4 mm sol/s/f
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
sealing range 6.5-16 mm
with cable retention (2 pc.) for cable tie up to 6.5 mm width
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9321 24
23 Wall 23
24
without terminals 88 47
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
88
48
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes
DE 9341 24
23 Wall 23
24
without terminals 98 52
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
98
sealing range 6.5-18 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9331 24
23 Wall 23
24
without terminals 88 47
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
88
sealing range 6.5-16 mm
with cable retention (2 pc.) for cable tie up to 6.5 mm width
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9351 24
23 Wall 23
24
without terminals 98 52
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
98
sealing range 6.5-18 mm
with cable retention (2 pc.) for cable tie up to 6.5 mm width
for normal environment and protected outdoor
KHR 01
Cable retention
for cable diameter 6,5 - 14 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 6,5 - 10 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
KHR 02
Cable retention
for cable diameter 10 - 16 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 13 - 16 mm
DK ZE 10
Cable retention
set with 10 pieces
forfixing in the bottom part of DK-cable junction boxes
cable retention with cable clip up to 6.5 mm
49
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes
in Bottom and Box Walls
Cable entry from the rear via elastic Lidfor clip-on attachment. Cable entry via elastic membranes
membranes in the bottom Reducing cover xing time in box walls
50
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes
in Bottom and Box Walls
DE 9225 23
24 Wall 24
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 23
with terminals 76 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
76
box walls with 10 elastic membranes, closed, sealing range
3-14 mm, bottom with 2 elastic membranes, closed
lid with clip-on attachment
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9220 23
24 Wall 24
23
without terminals 76 53
box walls with 10 elastic membranes, closed, sealing range
76
3-14 mm, bottom with 2 elastic membranes, closed
lid with clip-on attachment
with cable retention (2 pc.) for cable tie up to 6.5 mm width
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DK ZE 10
Cable retention
set with 10 pieces
forfixing in the bottom part of DK-cable junction boxes
cable retention with cable clip up to 6.5 mm
KHR 01
Cable retention
for cable diameter 6,5 - 14 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 6,5 - 10 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
KHR 02
Cable retention
for cable diameter 10 - 16 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 13 - 16 mm
DE MB 10
Assembly bracket
external brackets 10 units 70
55
material: thermoplastics
10
18
6
51
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes
in Bottom and Box Walls
DE 9226 23
24 Wall 24
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 23
with terminals 76 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
76
box walls with 10 elastic membranes, closed, sealing range
3-14 mm, bottom with 2 elastic membranes, closed
lid with clip-on attachment
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DE 9221 23
24 Wall 24
23
without terminals 76 53
box walls with 10 elastic membranes, closed, sealing range
76
3-14 mm, bottom with 2 elastic membranes, closed
lid with clip-on attachment
with cable retention (2 pc.) for cable tie up to 6.5 mm width
for normal environment and protected outdoor
DK ZE 10
Cable retention
set with 10 pieces
forfixing in the bottom part of DK-cable junction boxes
cable retention with cable clip up to 6.5 mm
KHR 01
Cable retention
for cable diameter 6,5 - 14 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 6,5 - 10 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
KHR 02
Cable retention
for cable diameter 10 - 16 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 13 - 16 mm
DE MB 10
Assembly bracket
external brackets 10 units 70
55
material: thermoplastics
10
18
6
52
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals for Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
53
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals for Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
D 9041 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 2
with terminals 98 61
5-pole per polel 4 x 1.5 mm sol/f, 4 x 2.5 mm sol/f, conductors
98
are inserted into the screw-type terminal, terminal technology,
see annex DK Cable junction boxes
included cable entry: 4 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm
In the case of twisted cables, cable glands are required in
principle to achieve the degree of protection IP 54.
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9061 10
6 Wall 5
1.5-4 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 10
119
sol/f, conductors are inserted into the screw-type terminal,
terminal technology, see annex DK Cable junction boxes
included cable entry: 3 ESM 32, sealing range 9-23 mm
In the case of twisted cables, cable glands are required in
principle to achieve the degree of protection IP 54.
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
54
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals for Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 9351 13
15 Wall 15
6-16 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 13
210
terminal technology, see annex DK Cable junction boxes
included cable entry: 3 ESM 40, sealing range 17-30 mm
In the case of twisted cables, cable glands are required in
principle to achieve the degree of protection IP 54.
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
KF 9251 16
8 Wall 8
1.5-50 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 11
160
the screw-type terminal, terminal technology,
see annex DK Cable junction boxes
included cable entry: 2 EDK 40, sealing range 11-30 mm
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
55
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals for Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KF 9501 12
17 Wall 17
1.5-50 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 12
310
included cable entry: 2 EDK 40, sealing range 11-30 mm
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 7051 20
21 Wall 21
2.5-50 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20
56
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals for Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 7042 20
21 Wall 21
10-95 mm Cu/Alu 3~ 20
450
Order cable glands, flanges and other accessories separately as
required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 7052 20
21 Wall 21
10-95 mm Cu/Alu 3~ 20
57
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals for Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 9951 20
21 Wall 21
6-95 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20
450
required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 1204 20
21 Wall 21
16-150 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20
58
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals for Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 1205 20
21 Wall 21
16-150 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20
450
Order cable glands, flanges and other accessories separately as
required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 2404 20
19 Wall 19
25-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18
required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
59
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminals for Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 2405 20
19 Wall 19
25-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18
600
required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 2401 20
19 Wall 19
35-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18
required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
60
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
Degree of protection IP 66 KF-Cable junction boxes comply with Degree of protection IP 66 using cable
Flame retardant, self-extinguishing, regulatory restrictions for buildings with glands ASS.. (colour black) or cable
made of high-grade material: requirements regarding the structural fire glands ASM.. (colour grey), available as
PC-GFS, glass-bre reinforced protection! an accessory.
thermoplastics, impact proof halogen-free, silicone-free:
low toxicity, low fume development
KF 9025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 88 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 9045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
with terminals 98 61
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 9065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10
KF 9105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
62
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KF 9255 16
8 Wall 8
10-25 mm, Cu 3~ 11
160
2 x 35 mm s
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 9355 15
13 Wall 13
16-35 mm, Cu 3~ 15
260
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 9505 12
17 Wall 17
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 12
63
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KF 9020 3
3 Wall 3
1
without terminals 88 53
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
88
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 9040 4
4 Wall 4
2
without terminals 98 61
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
98
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 9060 10
6 Wall 5
10
119
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 9100 14
6 Wall 6
10
KF 9250 16
8 Wall 8
11
64
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KF 9350 13
15 Wall 15
13
210
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 9500 12
17 Wall 17
12
310
65
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KF 5025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 88 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 5045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
with terminals 98 61
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 5065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10
KF 5105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
66
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KF 5255 16
8 Wall 8
10-25 mm, Cu 3~ 11
160
2 x 35 mm s
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 5355 15
13 Wall 13
16-35 mm, Cu 3~ 15
260
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 5505 12
17 Wall 17
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 12
67
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KF 5020 3
3 Wall 3
1
without terminals 88 53
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
88
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 5040 4
4 Wall 4
2
without terminals 98 61
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
98
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 5060 10
6 Wall 5
10
119
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 5100 14
6 Wall 6
10
KF 5250 16
8 Wall 8
11
68
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KF 5350 13
15 Wall 15
13
210
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 5500 12
17 Wall 17
12
310
69
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Box Walls without Knockouts
Burning behaviour:
Glow-wire test 960 C
according to IEC 60 695-2-11,
UL Subject 94: V-0
ame-retardant, self-extinguishing
70
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Box Walls without Knockouts
KF 8020
without terminals 88 53
box walls without knockouts
88
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 8040
without terminals 98 58
box walls without knockouts
98
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 8060
119
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 32
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 8100
71
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Box Walls without Knockouts
KF 8250
160
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 40
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 8350
210
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 8500
72
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Box Walls without Knockouts
KF 4020
without terminals 88 53
box walls without knockouts
88
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 4040
without terminals 98 58
box walls without knockouts
98
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 4060
119
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 32
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 4100
73
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Box Walls without Knockouts
KF 4250
160
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 40
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 4350
210
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"
KF 4500
74
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Approved for United States and Canada (UL/CSA)
Box Walls without Knockouts
Cable junction boxes with external Cable entries can be drilled Labelling
system for circuit description.
brackets made of stainless steel. individually. Labeltemplate on the Internet at
www.hensel-electric.de - in the
Downloads area.
Approvedfor United States Stainless steel cover screws with quick Burning behaviour:
and Canada fastening metric thread. Glow-wire test 960 C
Reducing cover xing time. according to IEC 60 695-2-11,
UL Subject 94: V-0
ame-retardant, self-extinguishing
75
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Approved for United States and Canada (UL/CSA)
Box Walls without Knockouts
KF 7020
without terminals 88 53
with UL/CSA approval
88
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry M 20,
NPT 3/8" and NPT 1/2"
KF 7040
without terminals 98 58
with UL/CSA approval
98
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry M 20,
NPT 3/8" and NPT 1/2"
KF 7060
119
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry M 20/25/32,
NPT 3/8", NPT 1/2" and NPT 3/4"
KF 7100
76
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Approved for United States and Canada (UL/CSA)
Box Walls without Knockouts
KF 7250
160
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry M 20/25/32,
NPT 3/8", NPT 1/2", NPT 3/4" and 1"
77
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Waterproof, for Encapsulating
Cable junction boxes for encapsulating Incase of re-installation or testing the Stainless steel cover screws with quick
sealing compound can be removed fastening metric thread.
easily Reducing cover xing time.
Permanent waterproof
1 2 3
connection -
Cable junction boxes
for encapsulating
in accordance with
DIN VDE V 0606-22-100
4 5 6
Time and time again, electricians Which applications require excludes forming of condensation.
come across installation envi- waterproof connections? The sealing compound fea-
ronments whereby the ingress Pump shafts tures outstanding insula-
of water into an enclosure must tion properties. As the com-
Ground-level installation ducts
be safely excluded. Even enclo- pound is transparent, it is
in outdoor areas
sures which have a high degree possible for visual inspections of
of protection cannot guarantee Flood areas close to rivers
the installation to be carried out
this. The IP degree of protection Unprotected outdoor instal- at any time. The durable elastic
allows the ingress of non-harmful lations which are in close material is self-sealing, therefore it
quantities of water in the interior proximity to the ground is also easy for the electrical con-
of an enclosure. Why is the IP degree of pro- nections to be tested after they
Under extreme environmental tection alone not sufficient? have been sealed.
conditions, for example, the ac- All degrees of protection al- The sealing compound can be
cumulation of condensation may lowed Water ingress easily removed for repairs, subse-
result in damage to the electrical quent installations or changes to
The ingress of water and The accumulation of con-
installation or devices or cause installations.
formation of condensation densation cannot always be
these to malfunction.
are completely prevented. prevented Another benet: the sealed cable
Ventilation measures will often junction boxes also offer reliable
The sealing compound Ventilation measures cannot
suffice to prevent harmful con- protection against shock and vi-
can be easily removed for be applied in all environments
densation from forming. bration. The sealing compound
subsequent installations or
In many cases, however, ventila- The waterproof connection does not, however, provide strain
inspections.
tion is not possible, e.g. because Sealing the cable junction boxes relief as it only adheres to material
the cable junction boxes are in- with a fast setting, permanently and does not stick together. Suit-
stalled close to rivers and water elastic sealing compound com- able cable entries must also be
could enter through the vent holes. pletely the ingress of water and the used here, e.g. Hensel ASM.
79
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Waterproof, for Encapsulating
KF WP 3025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 88 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
cable junction box for encapsulating
for ground installation without live loads or in risk of condensation
formation and ingress of liquids
installation permanently under water up to a depth of 1 meter
possible
with sealing compound and sealing plug
in case of re-installation or testing the sealing compound can be
removed easily
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
enclosure volume 250 ml
KF WP 3045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
with terminals 98 61
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
cable junction box for encapsulating
for ground installation without live loads or in risk of condensation
formation and ingress of liquids
installation permanently under water up to a depth of 1 meter
possible
with sealing compound and sealing plug
in case of re-installation or testing the sealing compound can be
removed easily
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
enclosure volume 350 ml
80
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Waterproof, for Encapsulating
KF WP 3065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10
119
2 x 10 mm sol
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
cable junction box for encapsulating
for ground installation without live loads or in risk of condensation
formation and ingress of liquids
installation permanently under water up to a depth of 1 meter
possible
with sealing compound and sealing plug
in case of re-installation or testing the sealing compound can be
removed easily
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
enclosure volume 750 ml
KF WP 3105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10
125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
cable junction box for encapsulating
for ground installation without live loads or in risk of condensation
formation and ingress of liquids
installation permanently under water up to a depth of 1 meter
possible
with sealing compound and sealing plug
in case of re-installation or testing the sealing compound can be
removed easily
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
enclosure volume 1200 ml
81
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Waterproof, for Encapsulating
KF WP 2025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 88 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
cable junction box for encapsulating
for ground installation without live loads or in risk of condensation
formation and ingress of liquids
installation permanently under water up to a depth of 1 meter
possible
with sealing compound and sealing plug
in case of re-installation or testing the sealing compound can be
removed easily
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
enclosure volume 250 ml
KF WP 2045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
with terminals 98 61
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
cable junction box for encapsulating
for ground installation without live loads or in risk of condensation
formation and ingress of liquids
installation permanently under water up to a depth of 1 meter
possible
with sealing compound and sealing plug
in case of re-installation or testing the sealing compound can be
removed easily
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
enclosure volume 350 ml
82
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Waterproof, for Encapsulating
KF WP 2065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10
119
2 x 10 mm sol
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
cable junction box for encapsulating
for ground installation without live loads or in risk of condensation
formation and ingress of liquids
installation permanently under water up to a depth of 1 meter
possible
with sealing compound and sealing plug
in case of re-installation or testing the sealing compound can be
removed easily
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
enclosure volume 750 ml
KF WP 2105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10
125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
cable junction box for encapsulating
for ground installation without live loads or in risk of condensation
formation and ingress of liquids
installation permanently under water up to a depth of 1 meter
possible
with sealing compound and sealing plug
in case of re-installation or testing the sealing compound can be
removed easily
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
enclosure volume 1200 ml
83
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Waterproof, for Encapsulating
GH 0250
Set sealing compound, 250 ml
asspares
sealingcompound for refilling KF WP x025 after changes or repairs
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
GH 0350
Set sealing compound, 350 ml
asspares
sealingcompound for refilling KF WP x045 after changes or repairs
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
GH 0750
Set sealing compound, 750 ml
asspares
sealingcompound for refilling KF WP x065 after changes or repairs
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
GH 1200
set sealing compound, 1200 ml
asspares
sealingcompound for refilling KF WP x105 after changes or repairs
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
84
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Offshore Applications
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
85
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Offshore Applications
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KD 5025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 88 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 5125 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
88
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 5045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
with terminals 98 61
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
86
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Offshore Applications
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KD 5065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10
119
2 x 10 mm sol
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 5105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10
125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 5255 16
8 Wall 8
10-25 mm, Cu 3~ 11
2 x 35 mm s
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
87
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Offshore Applications
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KD 5355 15
13 Wall 13
16-35 mm, Cu 3~ 15
260
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
88
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Offshore Applications
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KD 5020 3
3 Wall 3
1
without terminals 88 53
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
88
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 5120 3
3 Wall 3
with external fixing 1
without terminals 88 53
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
88
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 5040 4
4 Wall 4
2
without terminals 98 61
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately
98
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 5060 10
6 Wall 5
10
89
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Offshore Applications
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KD 5100 14
6 Wall 6
10
125
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 5250 16
8 Wall 8
11
160
(refer to index cable entry systems)
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 5350 13
15 Wall 15
13
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
90
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Offshore Applications
Box Walls without Knockouts
KD 4020
without terminals 88 53
"Offshore applications"
88
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 4120
with external fixing
without terminals 88 53
"Offshore applications"
88
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 4040
without terminals 98 58
"Offshore applications"
98
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 4060
91
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Offshore Applications
Box Walls without Knockouts
KD 4100
125
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 32
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 4250
160
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
box walls without knockouts
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 40
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V
KD 4350
92
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance,
with Included Grommets
93
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance,
with Included Grommets
FK 7045
7 Wall 7
Cable junction box 0.8 mm / 0.5-1.5 mm, Cu
Connection box 0,8 mm / 0,5-4 mm, Cu
5-pole per pole 4 x 0.8 mm / 0.5 mm sol, 4 x 1.5 mm sol, 122 59
2 x 2.5 mm sol, 2 x 4 mm sol
122
connecting terminal made from ceramic with resistance to high
temperatures
included cable entry 4 EDKF 32, sealing range 8-23 mm
Intrinsic fire resistance in accordance with DIN 4102 part 12 in
combination with function-retaining cables
Tested with the cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Studer, Prysmian
and Nexans for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and E90, see test
certificate no.: P-MPA-E-08-021, valid till July 27, 2014,
download available from www.hensel-electric.de
The enclosed screw anchors can be used for concrete C20/25,
limestone blocks KSV 12, building bricks MZ 12 and clinker bricks KS 12.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
FK 7105 7
9 Wall 9
Cable junction box 1.5-4 mm, Cu 7
143
connecting terminal made from ceramic with resistance to high
temperatures
included cable entry 4 EDKF 40, sealing range 11-30 mm
Intrinsic fire resistance in accordance with DIN 4102 part 12 in
combination with function-retaining cables
Tested with the cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Studer,
Prysmian and Nexans for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and E90,
see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-08-021, valid till July 27, 2014,
download available from www.hensel-electric.de
The enclosed screw anchors can be used for concrete C20/25,
limestone blocks KSV 12, building bricks MZ 12 and clinker bricks
KS 12.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
94
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance,
with Included Grommets
FK 7165 9
9 Wall 9
Cable junction box 1.5-6 mm, Cu 9
168
connecting terminal made from ceramic with resistance to high
temperatures
included cable entry 4 EDKF 40, sealing range 11-30 mm
Intrinsic fire resistance in accordance with DIN 4102 part 12 in
combination with function-retaining cables
Tested with the cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Studer,
Prysmian and Nexans for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and E90,
see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-08-021, valid till July 27, 2014,
download available from www.hensel-electric.de
The enclosed screw anchors can be used for concrete C20/25,
limestone blocks KSV 12, building bricks MZ 12 and
clinker bricks KS 12.
for normal environment and protected outdoor
95
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance
Cable Entry via Mounted Grommets
FK 9025 7
Wall
Cable junction box 0.8 mm / 0.5-1.5 mm, Cu 7
150
110
8,2
temperatures
mounted grommets 4 EDKF 32,
sealing range: 8-23 mm, closed
Intrinsic fire resistance in accordance with DIN 4102 part 12 in
combination with function-retaining cables
Tested with cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Nexans,
Studer, Pirelli and Lynenwerk for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and
E90, see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-02-032, valid till March 20, 2018,
download available from www.hensel-electric.de
mounted using exterior wall fixings
(for dowels refer to technical data)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
FK 9105 7
Wall
Cable junction box 1.5-4 mm, Cu 7
8,2
temperatures
200
160
mounted grommets 4 EDKF 32,
sealing range: 8-23 mm, closed
Intrinsic fire resistance in accordance with DIN 4102 part 12 in
combination with function-retaining cables
Tested with cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Nexans,
Studer, Pirelli and Lynenwerk for the intrinsic fire resistance E30
and E90, see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-02-032, valid till March
20, 2018, download available from www.hensel-electric.de
mounted using exterior wall fixings
(for dowels refer to technical data)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
96
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance
Cable Entry via Mounted Grommets
FK 9255 9
Wall
Cable junction box 1.5-6 mm, Cu 9
8,2
temperatures
200
160
mounted grommets 4 EDKF 40,
sealing range 11-30 mm, closed
Intrinsic fire resistance in accordance with DIN 4102 part 12 in
combination with function-retaining cables
Tested with cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Nexans, Studer,
Pirelli and Lynenwerk for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and E90,
see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-02-032, valid till March 20, 2018,
download available from www.hensel-electric.de
mounted using exterior wall fixings
(for dowels refer to technical data)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
FK 6505 29
30 Wall 30
Cable junction box E90 16-35 mm, Cu, "r" 29
534
513
combination with function-retaining cables
Tested with the cable manufacturers Dtwyler and Eupen for the
intrinsic fire resistance E90, see test certificate no.: P-1011 DMT DO,
download available at www.hensel-electric.de > Type - Documents
mounted using exterior wall fixings, keyhole (6.5 mm dowel refer to
technical data)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
97
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance
Cable Entry via Mounted Grommets
FK 9259 9
Wall
Cable junction box 1.5-10 mm, Cu 9
8,2
and 2 PE terminals, each 1.5-10 mm sol
200
160
terminal block made from ceramic with resistance to high
temperatures
mounted grommets 4 EDKF 40,
sealing range 11-30 mm, closed
intrinsic fire resistance E 30 in accordance with DIN 4102 part 12
The use of this equipment requires the approval from the planning
and building control office for individual cases
Tested with cable manufacturers Dtwyler and Nexans for the
intrinsic fire resistance E30,
see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-02-032, valid till March 20, 2018,
download available from www.hensel-electric.de
mounted using exterior wall fixings
(for dowels refer to technical data)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
98
DK Cable junction boxes
Communication Box
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance
FK 5000 31
31 Wall 31
Communication junction box E30 31
255
combination with function-retaining cables
cable entry via integrated elastic membranes 10
FK 5110
Connecting device for telecommunications
screwless for 10 pairs
LSA connection technology, solder and screwless, no insulation removal is required
for installation on mounting brackets in FK 5000
suitable for a solid conductor with diameter of 0.4 up to 0.8 mm or for two identical solid
conductors with diameters of 0.4 up to 0.65 mm
outer diameter of insulation 0.7 up to 1.6 mm
with fixing screws
FK 5120
Connecting device for telecommunications
screwless for 20 pairs
LSA connection technology, solder and screwless, no insulation removal is required
for installation on mounting brackets in FK 5000
suitable for a solid conductor with diameter of 0.4 up to 0.8 mm or for two identical solid
conductors with diameters of 0.4 up to 0.65 mm
outer diameter of insulation 0.7 up to 1.6 mm
with fixing screws
99
DK Cable junction boxes
Communication Box
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance
FK 5210
Connecting device for telecommunications
screw-type connection for 10 pairs
screw/screw connection technology
for installation on mounting brackets in FK 5000
suitable for a solid conductor with diameter of 0.4 up to 0.8 mm or for two identical solid
conductors with diameters of 0.4 up to 0.65 mm
with fixing screws
with labelling strips
FK 5220
Connecting device for telecommunications
screw-type connection for 20 pairs
screw/screw connection technology
for installation on mounting brackets in FK 5000
suitable for a solid conductor with diameter of 0.4 up to 0.8 mm or for two identical solid
conductors with diameters of 0.4 up to 0.65 mm
with fixing screws
with labelling strips
100
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance
Cable Entry
EDKF 32
Grommets
for knockouts M 32
sealing range: 8-23 mm
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
EDKF 40
Grommets
for knockouts M 40
sealing range: 11-30 mm
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
101
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Safety Lighting Circuits
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
Terminal box for equipotential bonding Stainless steel cover screws with quick Burning behaviour:
cables. fastening metric thread. Glow wire test according
Reducing cover xing time. to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
102
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Safety Lighting Circuits
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
D 9225 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 88 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88
included cable entry: 4 ESM 20, sealing range 6-13 mm
for security lighting circuits
with red lid RAL 3000
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 9220 3
3 Wall 3
1
without terminals 88 53
for security lighting circuits
88
with red lid RAL 3000
included cable entry: 4 ESM 20, sealing range 6-13 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 9245 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
with terminals 98 61
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol
included cable entry: 4 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm
for security lighting circuits
with red lid RAL 3000
for normal environment and protected outdoor
D 9240 4
4 Wall 4
2
without terminals 98 61
for security lighting circuits
98
103
DK Cable Junction Boxes
for Equipotential Bonding Conductors
Cable Entry via Removable Grommets
DP 9026 26
26 Wall 26
4-25 mm / 4-10 mm, Cu 25
with terminals 88 50
1-pole 1 x 4-25 mm, 5 x 4-10 mm (16 mm sol)
88
for equipotential bonding cables
included cable entry: 4 DPS 02, sealing range 10-13,5 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
104
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Main Line Branch Terminals for Copper Conductors, Sealable
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
105
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Main Line Branch Terminals for Copper Conductors, Sealable
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 9259 16
8 Wall 8
6-25 mm, Cu 11
160
10-25 mm r, 6-16 mm f, with end ferrule, terminals for outgoing
cables: 6-16 mm r, 4-10 mm with end ferrule
with sealing facility
included cable entry: 3 ESM 40, sealing range 17-30 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9258 16
8 Wall 8
6-25 mm, Cu 11
160
10-25 mm r, 6-16 mm f, with end ferrule, terminals for outgoing
cables 6-16 mm r, 4-10 mm f with end ferrule
with sealing facility
included cable entry: 3 ESM 40, sealing range 17-30 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9508 17
12 Wall 12
6-25 mm, Cu 17
with main line branch terminals for copper conductors 310 117
4-pole per pole terminals for incoming cables:
10-25 mm r, 6-16 mm f, with end ferrule, terminals for outgoing
210
106
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Main Line Branch Terminals for Copper Conductors, Sealable
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
K 9503 17
12 Wall 12
6-25 mm, Cu 17
with main line branch terminals for copper conductors 310 117
5-pole, per pole terminals for incoming cables
10-25 mm r, 6-16 mm f, with end ferrule, terminals for outgoing
210
cables 6-16 mm r, 4-10 mm f with end ferrule
with sealing facility
cable entry via knockouts, order AKM/ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9509 17
12 Wall 12
6-35 mm, Cu 17
with main line branch terminals for copper conductors 310 117
4-pole per pole terminals for incoming cables:
16-35 mm r, 10-25 mm f, with end ferrule, terminals for
210
outgoing cables: 10-25 mm r, 6-16 mm f with end ferrule
with sealing facility
cable entry via knockouts, order AKM/ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
K 9507 17
12 Wall 12
6-35 mm, Cu 17
with main line branch terminals for copper conductors 310 117
5-pole per pole incoming terminals 16-35 mm r, 10-25 mm f,
with end ferrule, outgoing cables 10-25 mm r, 6-16 mm f with
210
end ferrule
with sealing facility
cable entry via knockouts, order AKM/ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
107
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminal Blocks for Aluminium- and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
108
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminal Blocks for Aluminium- and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
RD 9123 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm 1
88
2 x 1,5-2,5 mm s,
see Technical details for more information about terminal
assignment
terminal blocks, by Wieland
for aluminium and copper conductors
terminal marking, neutral
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts order ESM/AKM
separately (refer to index LES)
with external fixing
for normal environment and protected outdoor
RD 9125 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm 1
88
2 x 1,5-2,5 mm s,
see Technical details for more information about terminal
assignment
terminal blocks, by Wieland
for aluminium and copper conductors
terminal marking, neutral
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts order ESM/AKM
separately (refer to index LES)
with external fixing
for normal environment and protected outdoor
RD 9127 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm 1
2 x 1,5-2,5 mm s,
see Technical details for more information about terminal
assignment
terminal blocks, by Wieland
for aluminium and copper conductors
terminal marking, neutral
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts order ESM/AKM
separately (refer to index LES)
with external fixing
for normal environment and protected outdoor
109
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminal Blocks for Aluminium- and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
RD 9045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm 2
98
see Technical details DK cable junction boxes for more information
about terminal assignment
terminal blocks, by Wieland
for aluminium and copper conductors
terminal marking, neutral
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts order ESM/AKM
separately (refer to index LES)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
RD 9041 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm 2
98
see Technical details DK cable junction boxes for more information
about terminal assignment
terminal blocks, by Wieland
for aluminium and copper conductors
terminal marking, neutral
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts order ESM/AKM
separately (refer to index LES)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
RK 9062 10
6 Wall 5
1.5-4 mm 10
110
DK Cable Junction Boxes
with Terminal Blocks for Aluminium- and Copper Conductors
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
RK 9064 10
6 Wall 5
1.5-4 mm 10
119
see Technical details DK cable junction boxes for more information
about terminal assignment
terminal blocks, by Wieland
for aluminium and copper conductors
terminal marking, neutral
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts order ESM/AKM
separately (refer to index LES)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
RK 9109 14
6 Wall 6
1.5-4 mm 10
125
see Technical details DK cable junction boxes for more information
about terminal assignment
terminal blocks, by Wieland
for aluminium and copper conductors
terminal marking, neutral
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts order ESM/AKM
separately (refer to index LES)
for normal environment and protected outdoor
RK 9104 14
6 Wall 6
1.5-4 mm 10
111
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories
112
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories
TSD 02
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes D x020, D x120, KF x020, KD x020 57 5
15
4,2
and empty box KF PV 0100
2,5 12 8
max. installation depth 32 mm, top hat profile 15 mm
for the installation of terminal blocks
with fixing screws
TSD 04
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes D x040, KF x040, KD x040 and 82 5
15
4,2
empty box KF PV 0200
7 12 8
max. installation depth: 40 mm, top hat profile 15 mm
for the installation of terminal blocks
with fixing screws
TSK 06
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x060, KF x060, KF x060 105
54 7,5
33,5
and empty box KF PV 0300
35
5,5 4,5
7
max. installation depth: 44,5 mm, top hat profile 35 mm
for the installation of terminal blocks
with fixing screws
TSK 10
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x100, KF x100, KD x100 7,5
35
and empty box KF PV 0400
max. installation depth: 56,5 mm, top hat profile 35 mm
for the installation of terminal blocks
with fixing screws
TSK 25
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x250, KF x250, K x350, KF x350, 7,5
TSK 35
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x350, KF x350, KD x350, 213 7,5
96
and empty box KF PV 0600
35
4,5
max. installation depth: 80,5 mm, top hat profile 35 mm
for the installation of terminal blocks
with fixing screws
TSK 50
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x500, KF x500 and empty box KF PV 0700 7,5
35
113
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories
KHR 01
Cable retention
for cable diameter 6,5 - 14 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 6,5 - 10 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
KHR 02
Cable retention
for cable diameter 10 - 16 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 13 - 16 mm
114
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories
DKL 04
Rated connecting capacity: 1,5-6 mm, Cu
for insertion in cable junction boxes
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
2 x 6 mm sol
for cable junction boxes D 8020, D 8120, D 8040, D 9020, D 9120,
D 9040, D 9220, DP 9020, DP 9220, DE 9320, DE 9321, DE 9340,
DE 9341, KF 4020, KF 4040, KF 5020, KF 5040, KF 8020, KF 8040,
KF 9020, KF 9040, KD 5020, KD 5040, KD 4020, KD 4040
complete with fixing elements
KKL 06
Rated connecting capacity: 2,5-10 mm, Cu
for insertion in cable junction boxes
5-pole per pole 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 4 x 4 mm sol, 3 x 6 mm sol,
2 x 10 mm sol
for cable junction boxes K 8060, K 9060, KF 4060, KF 5060, KF 8060,
KF 9060, KD 5060, KD 4060
complete with fixing elements
KLS 10
Rated connecting capacity: 2,5-16 mm, Cu
for insertion in cable junction boxes
current carrying capacity: 63 A
5-pole per pole 6 x 2.5 mm sol, 4 x 4 mm sol, 4 x 6 mm sol,
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
for cable junction boxes K 8100, K 9100, KF 4100, KF 5100, KF 8100,
KF 9100, KD 5100, KD 4100
complete with fixing elements
KLS 25
rated connecting capacity: 6-35 mm, Cu
for insertion in cable junction boxes
current carrying capacity: 102 A
5-pole per pole 6 x 6 mm sol, 6 x 10 mm sol/ f*, 4 x 16 mm s/
f*, 4 x 25 mm s/ f*, 2 x 35 mm s/ f* f* = with gas-tight end ferrule
for cable junction boxes K 8250, K 8500, K 9250, K 9500, KF
4250, KF 5250, KF 5500, KF 8250, KF 8500, KF 9250, KF 9500,
KD 4250, KD 5250
complete with fixing elements
115
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories
KLS 50
Rated connecting capacity: 16-50 mm, Cu
for insertion in cable junction boxes
current carrying capacity: 150 A
4-pole per polel 6 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s, 4 x 50 mm s
for cable junction boxes K 9350, K 9500, K 8350, K 8500, KF 9350, KF 9500,
KF 8350, KF 8500, KF 5350, KF 5500, KF 4350, KF 4500, KD 5350,
KD 4350
complete with fixing elements
KLS 51
Rated connecting capacity: 16-50 mm, Cu
for insertion in cable junction boxes
current carrying capacity: 150 A
5-pole per pole 6 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s, 4 x 50 mm s
for cable junction boxes K 9350, K 9500, K 8350, K 8500, KF 9350,
KF 9500, KF 8350, KF 8500, KF 5350, KF 5500, KF 4350, KF 4500,
KD 5350, KD 4350
complete with fixing elements
KLS 54
Rated connecting capacity: 16-70 mm, Cu
for insertion in cable junction boxes
current carrying capacity: 216 A
4-pole per pole 4 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s, 4 x 50 mm s,
4 x 70 mm s
for cable junction boxes K 8500, K 9500, KF 4500, KF 5500, KF 8500,
KF 9500
complete with fixing elements
KLS 55
Rated connecting capacity: 16-70 mm, Cu
forinsertion in cable junction boxes
current carrying capacity: 216 A
5-pole per pole 4 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s, 4 x 50 mm s,
4 x 70 mm s
complete with fixing elements
116
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories
FC L 45
Rated connecting capacity: 1,5-4 mm, Cu
FIXCONNECT terminal set consisting of 5 terminals and 2 DIN rails
for insertion in cable junction boxes
current carrying capacity: 32 A
5-pole per pole 4 x 1 x 1.5-4 mm r/f
for cable junction boxes K 8060, K 9060, KF 4060, KF 5060, KF 8060, KF 9060, KD 5060,
KD 4060, K 8100, K 9100, KF 4100, KF 5100, KF 8100, KF 9100, KD 5100, KD 4100
complete with fixing elements
FC L 04
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal 1.5-4 mm, Cu
as a connecting terminal
forinstallation on DIN rails, 15 mm top hat profile
current carrying capacity: 32 A
1-pole 4 x 1.5-4 mm r/f
117
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories
DK AL 2
External brackets 2 pieces
for external wall fixing of cable junction boxes type D, K, KF, KD
and empty box KF PV
slot for wall mounting for screws up to 4.5 mm diameter
Material: stainless steel V2A
DE MB 10
Assembly bracket
external brackets 10 units 70
55
material: thermoplastics
10
18
6
for quick installation of cable junction boxes DE 922. and DN 20.. 10 6 6
DPS 02
Removable grommet
degree of protection: IP 54 sealing range 10-13.5 mm
for retrofitting
for cable junction boxes DP 9020, DP 9220, DP 9025, DP 9221,
DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
EKA 20
Removable trunking adapter
degree of protection: IP 54 sealing range 10-13.5 mm
for mini trunking up to 20 x 20 mm
for cable junction boxes DP 9020, DP 9220, DP 9025, DP 9221,
DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
ERA 20
Removable conduit adapter
degree of protection: IP 54 sealing range 10-13.5 mm
for wiring conduits M 20
for cable junction boxes DP 9020, DP 9220, DP 9025, DP 9221,
DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
DK BS 5
Labelling system for circuit description
set with 5 pieces
for cable junction boxes from 2.5 to 50 mm and KF PV boxes...,
can be inserted into cover fixing ducts.
for attaching of labelling strips or marking with felt tip pen
inscribable surface of 45 x 30 mm
label template on the Internet at www.hensel-electric.de -
download area
cannot be used in cable junction boxes 2.5 to 4 mm and
KF PV 01 / KF PV 02 boxes with sealing facility
118
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories
PLS 06
Facility for sealing
for cable junction boxes 2.5 mm: D 9x2x, D 8x2x, DE 9x2x, DP 9x2x, DPC 9225, KF 9x2x,
KF 8x2x, KF 7x2x, KF 4x2x, KF 5x2x, RD 9x2x, KD x020
for cable junction boxes 4 mm: D 9x4x, D 8x4x, DE 9x4x, KF 9x4x, KF 8x4x, KF 7x4x, KF 4x4x,
KF 5x4x, RD 9x4x, KD x040
for cable junction boxes 6 mm: K 9x6x, K 8x6x, KF 9x6x, KF 8x6x, KF 7x6x, KF 4x6x, KF 5x6x,
RD 9x6x, KD x060, KC 9045
for boxes PV 01xx, KF PV 02xx, KF PV 03xx,
The following cable junction boxes and main line junction boxes are fitted with sealable covers as
standard: K 7004, K 7005, K 7042, K 7052, K 1204, K 1205, K 2404, K 2405, K 9259, K 9508,
K 9509.
PLS 50
Facility for sealing
for cable junction boxes 10 mm: K 91xx, K 81xx, KF 91xx, KF 81xx, KF 71xx, KF 410x, KF 51xx,
KD x100
for cable junction boxes 25 mm: K 925x, K 825x, KF, 925x, KF 825x, KF 725x, KF 425x,
KF 525x, RK 91xx, KD x250, KC 9255
for cable junction boxes 35/50 mm: K 93xx, K 95xx, K 83xx, K 85xx, KF 93xx, KF 95xx, KF 83xx,
KF 85xx, KF 53xx, KF 55xx, KF 45xx, KD x350, KC 9355
for boxes KF PV 04xx, KF PV 05xx, KF PV 06xx, KF PV 07xx,
The following cable junction boxes and main line junction boxes are fitted with sealable covers as
standard: K 7004, K 7005, K 7042, K 7052, K 1204, K 1205, K 2404, K 2405, K 9259, K 9508,
K 9509.
119
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories for Cable Junction Boxes from 70 mm onwards
Mi AL 40
4 stainless steel external brackets
for external fixing of enclosures
Mi FM 40
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 25/32, 5 x M 32/40
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FM 50
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 20, 4 x M 32/40/50
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FM 60
Flange
knockouts: 3 x M 40/50/63
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FM 63
Flange with cable arrangement space
knockouts: 3 x M 40/50/63
box wall 300 mm 300
with 80
fixing wedges and seal
Mi FP 70
Flange
sealing range: 1 x 30-72 mm
box wall 300 mm 300
with fixing wedges and seal
100
25
Mi FP 72
Flange
sealing range: 2 x each 30-72 mm
box wall 300 mm 300
116
with fixing wedges and seal
100
25
120
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Accessories for Cable Junction Boxes from 70 mm onwards
Mi FP 82
Cable insert
sealing range: 2 x each 30-72 mm
box wall 300 mm 300
100
divisible for cable insertion from the front
135
degree of protection IP 54 only with additional strain and pressure 45
relief (e.g. Mi ZE 62)
Mi ZE 62
Cable strain relief
for 2 cables with max. 60 mm external diameter
with fixing rail 284 mm long
to be used only in connection with cable insertion Mi FP 82
Mi SA 2
Dust protection cover
for box sizes 1 to 4
for 2 lid fittings
121
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
122
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
Dimensions in mm
4,2
77
KF 5020 KF 7100 54,4 64
4,2
KF 7020 KF 8100
88
66
46
KF 8020 KF 9100
KF 9020 KD 4100
125
61
KD 5020 KD 5100
66
40
99
84
27
KD 4020
38
44
D 8120 95
57
D 9120 88
KD 4120 59
40 53
KD 5120
29,6 37
K 8250 200
K 9250 173
4,2
165
KF 4250 140
KF 5250 96 98
66
34
46
88
77 79
4,2
KF 7250
KF 8250
KF 9250
27
KD 4250
38
116
100
160
133
KD 5250
77
90
D 9040
KF 5040 98
KF 9040 69 61 K 9350 54
KD 5040 36 45 KF 4350 67
KF 9350 260
4,2
KF 8350 240
KF 5350 190
76
98
46
KD 4350 138
KD 5350 96 117
77 88
4,2
36
46
D 8040
98
210
177
140
126
90
77
53
KF 4040
96
KF 7040 69 58
KF 8040 36 42
KD 4040
4,2
63
76
98
46
K 8500 310
77
280
K 9500 274
K 8060 KF 4500 248
K 9060 33 KF 5500 240
95
KF 4060 43 KF 8500
165
KF 5060 KF 9500 148 117
KF 7060 37,5 37,5 88
4,2
139
KF 8060 114
KF 9060 107
KD 4060 80
KD 5060 77 70
54 52
83,4
210
180
160
148
140
4,2
119
94
83
60
57
34
63
77
43 = usable installation space
55 with mounted cable glands
123
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
Dimensions in mm
DE 9320 88 K 7055
59 47
300
DE 9321
36
K 7004
272 170
33 K 7005
238 146
K 7042
4,2
K 7052
K 9951
76
88
K 1204
K 1205
32
422
388
450
DE 9340 98
69 52
DE 9341 36 37
4,2
7
79
98
25 113
275 x 425
37
DP 9020 88
59 K 2401 300
36 50 K 2404 272 170
14 33 K 2405 238 146
4,2
39,4
41,8
66
88
35
DP 9220 139
117
538
572
600
107
80
54,5 50
46 33
4,2
54,5
119
83
34
60
97
25 113
35
275 x 575
DN 2000/ 85
DN 2030 70
51
65
55 36
5
55
85
65
70
DE 9220/ 76 53
DE 9221 71 38
5,2
63
49
76
28
27
KF 7020 KF 7250
51
KD 4020 KD 4250
30
30
30
30
119
119
27 27
27
73 51 51
D 8120 73
51
27
53 111,5
K 8350 76 70 76
30
30
KF 8350
KF 4350
30
30
KD 4350
61
27 27
27
45
45
73
D 8040 41 41
69
69
KF 8040
KF 4040
45
45
32
KF 7040
KD 4040 61 61
36,5
36,5
61
36,5
36,5
76 70 76
32 32
K 8500 101 70 101
32
KF 8500
KF 4500
60 22
K 8060 108 61
KF 8060
KF 4060
41
KF 7060
46
KD 4060 115
115
86
86
46
41 41 61 61
41
61
108
KF 4100
KF 7100
KD 4100
86
86
42,5 42,5
42,5
K 0100 300
K 0101 272 170
238 146
122
150
92
7
25 113
275 x 125
K 0200 300
K 0201 272 170
238 146
272
300
238
25 113
275 x 275
K 0300 300
272 170
K 0301 146
238
422
388
450
25 113
275 x 425
K 0400 300
K 0401 272 170
238 146
538
572
600
25 113
275 x 575
126
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
Terminals
Canada/CSA
s = stranded wire
DK/Demko
NL/KEMA
N/Nemko
CH/SEV
SF/SETI
USA/
r = rigid (solid and
stranded)
Manufacturer Wieland:
RD 9123, RD 9125, WKM 2 2,5 2 f/f1 = 0,5-2,5 0.4 Nm 24 A
RD 9127 2.5/15 1,5 sol = 0,5-4
rated voltage
AC/DC 500 V s = 1.5-2.5
Manufacturer Weidmller:
D 9041 AKZ 2.5 4 2.5 4 f/f1 sol = 0.5-2.5 0.5 Nm 20 A
rated voltage
AC/DC 250 V 1.5 s = 1.5-2.5
Alu
120 A
KF 9251 - 2 1.5-50 2 r = 1.5-50 1.5 Nm Cu/Alu
KF 9501 to 150 A
12 Nm
128
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
Terminals
Terminals
Tightening torque 20 Nm 20 Nm 40 Nm
4
FIXCONNECT technology
Type Clamping units Rated connecting capacity Current carrying
per pole per types of conductors capacity
r (rigid) f (flexible)
129
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
Operating and Ambient Conditions
Removable
Boxes with terminals Boxes with terminals
grommets
D ..., DP ..., K 7055 EKA 20, KF ... KD ...
DPC ..., DE ..., K 7004/5 ERA 20,
KC ..., K ..., K 9951 DPS 02
RD ..., RK ... K 1204/5
K 2404/5
K 2401
Mi FM ..
Application area Suitable for indoor installation Suitable for outdoor installation
(normal environment and/or protected outdoor) (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
Minimum requirements
- Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11:
- 850 C for boxes and cable glands
- 850 C for cavity wall installation
- use of re resistant cables
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test 750 C 960 C 750 C 960 C 960 C
IEC 60 695-2-11 V-2 V-2 V-0 5V
- UL Subject 94 ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection IK07 (2 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule)
against mechanical load
Toxic behaviour halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free
silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables -
Determination of the amount of halogen acid gas.
130
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
Operating and Ambient Conditions
Removable
Empty boxes Empty boxes Empty boxes
grommets
D ..., DP ..., DE ..., EKA 20, ERA 20, KF ... KD ...
K 9..., K 8... DPS 02
Application area Suitable for indoor installation Suitable for outdoor installation
(normal environment and/or protected outdoor) (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
Resistant to occasional Resistant to occasional cleaning procedures (direct jet)
cleaning procedures max. with high-pressure cleaner without additives
water pressure: max. 100 bar, water temperature: max. 80 C, distance 0.15 m
in accordance with the requirements IP 69K
box and cable entries at least IP 65
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 35 C + 55 C + 55 C
- Maximum value + 40 C + 60 C + 70 C + 70 C
- Minimum value 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C
Fire protection Demands
in the event of internal faults placed on electrical devices from standards and laws
Minimum requirements
- Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11:
- 650 C for boxes and cable glands
- 850 C for conducting components
Fire protection Demands placed on electrical installations and devices in areas and facilities subject to re risk,
in the event of specic risks or e.g. DIN VDE 0100 Part 482 (German standard), ofcial regulations, VdS directives:
hazards
Minimum requirements
- Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11:
- 850 C for boxes and cable glands
- 850 C for cavity wall installation
- use of re resistant cables
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test 750 C 750 C 960 C 960 C
IEC 60 695-2-11 V-2 V-0 5V
- UL Subject 94 ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection IK07 (2 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule)
against mechanical load
Toxic behaviour halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free
silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables -
Determination of the amount of halogen acid gas.
131
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
Operating and Ambient Conditions
KF WP ....
Application area Suitable for outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor).
For application in ambient conditions with formation of condensation and ingress of water as well as for
installation in the ground without trafc loads in accordance with DIN VDE V 0606-22-100.
Resistant to occasional Resistant to cleaning procedures (direct jet)
cleaning procedures max. with high-pressure cleaner without additives, water temperature: max. 80 C
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 55 C
- Maximum value + 70 C
- Minimum value 25 C
Relative humidity 100%
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test 960 C
IEC 60 695-2-11 V-0
- UL Subject 94 ame-retardant
self-extinguishing
Degree of protection IK08 (5 Joule)
against mechanical load
Toxic behaviour halogen-free
silicone-free
132
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
Standards
Hensel cable junction boxes and cable entry systems comply with the following standards and requirements:
4. Degrees of protection
- IEC 60 529
DIN VDE 0470 Part 1 (German standard)
Degree of protection by enclosure (IP Code)
5. Halogen-free
- EN 50 267
examination of cables and insulated wires
halogen-free materials
133
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Technical Details
Cable Junction Boxes Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance
Safety circuits must remain operational for a FK Cable junction boxes comply with these
sufcient period in accordance with the national requirements when used together with type-
regulations governing re protection requirements approved cables as well as suitable cable
for cable installations during exposure to re. clamps or mounting devices.
Cable junction boxes tested for intrinsic re
This ensures that electrotechnical equipment such restistance.
as luminaires, lifts, smoke outlets, alarm systems Degree of protection IP 65, IP 66
etc. are supplied with power for 30 or 90 minutes Box made from sheet steel with powder coating
and thereby enable people to leave the building or duroplastic, pastel orange RAL 2003
and assist rescue teams in carrying out their work.
No additional re load, no toxic or corrosive
Junction box with connected cables emissions
after testing.
When planning and implementing these cable Intrinsic re resistance according to DIN 4102
installations, the current specimen regulation for part 12 (German standard) in connection with
re protection requirements in these installations function-retaining cables of 0.5-16 mm2
must be observed.
Protection against direct contact also maintained
due to the box
Captive cover with 4 screw fixings
Limestone blocks KS 12 x x x
Building bricks Mz 12 x x x
Test temperature curve in
accordance with DIN 4102
Airbricks HLz 12 x x
Limestone air blocks KSL 12 x x
Prestressed concrete slabs x
Porous concrete slabs => 3.3 x x
Porous concrete blocks => 4 x x
Concrete => B25 / =< B55 x x x x x
Please observe the current approvals and notes from the manufacturer of the plugs.
134
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Assembling
videos
135
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Box Walls
Wall 15 Wall 22
4 x M 20/25 8 x M 16/20
1 x M 25/32 for conduit or cable 9-14 mm
1 x M 25/32 for conduit or cable
Wall 16 18-24 mm, 6 x 9-18 mm
2 x M 20
2 x M 25
1 x M 32/40 Wall 23
8 x M 16/20
Wall 17 for conduit or cable 9-14 mm,
4 x M 20 1 x M 25/32 for conduit or
2 x M 20/25 cable 18-24 mm, 6 x 9-18 mm,
1 x M 32 8 x M 20
136
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Contents
Empty Boxes
137
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
Cable / Conduit entry via metric knock- KV Small-type distribution boards with Burning behaviour:
outs earthed armoured cables according to Glow wire test according to
British Standard. IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
138
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 7103 9
Wall
3 modules: 1 x 3 x 18 mm 9
1-row 102 92
knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 each PE N 72
per PE/N number x cross section 1 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm Cu, 54
197
46
50
FIXCONNECT terminal technology,
for terminal technology refer to technical data
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV 6103 9
Wall
3 modules: 1 x 3 x 18 mm 9
197
46
50
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV 7104 13
Wall
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm 13
46
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, 50
KV 6104 13
Wall
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm 13
46
139
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 7106 14
Wall
6 modules: 1 x 6 x 18 mm 14
238
108
46
50
for terminal technology refer to technical data
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV 6106 14
Wall
6 modules: 1 x 6 x 18 mm 14
238
108
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
46
50
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV 7109 15
Wall
9 modules: 1 x 9 x 18 mm 15
162
FIXCONNECT terminal technology,
46
50
for terminal technology refer to technical data
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV 6109 15
Wall
9 modules: 1 x 9 x 18 mm 15
162
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
46
50
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
140
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 9112 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17
333
technical data
46
216 50
N separable for various potentials
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 8112 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17
333
with transparent door
46
216 50
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 1512 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17
KV 1612 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17
216 50
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
141
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 9118 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18
333
46
for terminal technology refer to technical data
324
N separable for various potentials 50
KV 8118 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18
333
46
with transparent door
324
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories. 50
KV 1518 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18
46
technical data
324
N separable for various potentials 50
KV 1618 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18
46
142
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 9224 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17
458
N separable for various potentials
46
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm 216 50
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 8224 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17
458
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
46
with cable entry cover 216 50
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 2524 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17
KV 2624 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
46
143
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 9236 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18
483
N separable for various potentials
46
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
324
50
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 8236 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18
483
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
46
with cable entry cover
324
50
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 2536 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18
KV 2636 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
46
144
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 9336 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17
583
N separable for various potentials
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
46
with transparent door
216 50
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 8336 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17
583
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
46
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
216 50
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 3536 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17
KV 3636 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
46
145
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 9448 M 17
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 17
708
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
46
with cable entry cover 216 50
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 8448 M 17
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 17
708
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
46
216 50
rated insulation voltage AC 400 V
KV 4548 M 17
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 17
KV 4648 M 17
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 17
216 50
rated insulation voltage AC 400 V
146
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 9354 M 18
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 18
630
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent door
46
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories. 324 50
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 8354 M 18
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 18
630
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
46
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each 324 50
KV 3554 M 18
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 18
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories. 324 50
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 3654 M 18
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 18
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each 324 50
147
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Weatherproof,
for Outdoor Installation (harsh Environment and/or Outdoor)
Cable entry via integrated elastic 12 to 54 modules: attached blanking Burning behaviour:
membranes or strips for DIN rail equipment openings. Glow wire test according to
via metric knockouts 3 to 9 modules: IEC 60 695-2-11: 960 C,
protective cover can be cut out flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
FIXCONNECT terminal technology KV Small-type distribution boards with Integratedcompartment for accessories -
for PE and N up to four disconnectable N-potentials in everything has its proper place.
connection for copper conductors one bar enabel the installation of RCDs Screws made of stainless
without additional efforts or accessories. steel V2A.
148
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Weatherproof,
for Outdoor Installation (Harsh Environment and/or Outdoor)
The enclosures are suitable for the outdoor installation - harsh envirionment and / or outdoor.
The materials used for the system are basically UV resistant, so that the mechanical resistance of the
boxes is maintained during UV effect.
Direct solar radiation and power dissipation can overheat the interior of the enclosure. Also
affect lower outdoor temperatures, e.g. below -5 C, the device technology. Therefore, the
climatic influences and effects on the device technology must be considered.
The top side of the boxes should be protected by a cover against weather inuences such as rain, ice
and snow. Further on, also chemical inuences have to be considered with the selection of the installation
place - apart from the IP rating and climatic effects.
In order to keep the maximum permissible ambient temperature of the installed equipment as well as for
the prevention from condensation additional measures, such as ventilation and/or heating may be
necessary (observe degree of protection).
How does condensed water occur in enclosures with a high degree of protection?
The problem of condensed water forming in electrical installations only occurs in enclosures with a
degree of protection IP 54 since the temperature adjustment that is carried out from inside to outside is
too low due to the high density of the enclosure and its material.
System switched on. The internal temperature is higher than the exter-
nal temperature due to the power dissipation of
the built-in devices.
System switched on. The warm air inside the enclosure attempts to
accumulate moisture. This comes from outside
through the seal as the enclosures are not
gas-tight.
How does condensed water occur in enclosures with a high degree of protection?
Formation of condensed water for Formation of condensed water in protected
indoor installations: outdoor installations (protected against weather
inuences) or unprotected outdoor installations:
In areas where high levels of air humi- Here condensed water can be formed
dity and large temperature uctuations dependent on the weather, high air hu-
are expected e.g. in laundry rooms. midity, direct sunlight and temperature
kitchens. car washes etc. differences compared to the wall.
149
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Weatherproof,
for Outdoor Installation (harsh Environment and/or Outdoor)
KV PC 9103 9
Wall
3 modules: 1 x 3 x 18 mm 9
1-row 102 92
knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 each PE N 72
per PE/N number x cross section 1 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm Cu, 54
197
46
50
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, for terminal technology refer
to technical data
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV PC 6103 9
Wall
3 modules: 1 x 3 x 18 mm 9
197
46
50
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV PC 9104 13
Wall
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm 13
46
to technical data
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
150
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Weatherproof,
for Outdoor Installation (harsh Environment and/or Outdoor)
KV PC 6104 13
Wall
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm 13
228
46
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and 50
KV PC 8104
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm
without PE and N terminal
1-row 126 111
order PE/N terminals separately 93
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and 81
228
46
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor) 50
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
box walls without knockouts
KV PC 9106 14
Wall
6 modules: 1 x 6 x 18 mm 14
108
50
technical data
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
151
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Weatherproof,
for Outdoor Installation (harsh Environment and/or Outdoor)
KV PC 6106 14
Wall
6 modules: 1 x 6 x 18 mm 14
238
108
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and outdoor
46
50
installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV PC 9109 15
Wall
9 modules: 1 x 9 x 18 mm 15
238
162
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to
46
50
technical data
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV PC 6109 15
Wall
9 modules: 1 x 9 x 18 mm 15
162
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
46
50
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
152
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Weatherproof,
for Outdoor Installation (harsh Environment and/or Outdoor)
KV PC 8109
9 modules: 1 x 9 x 18 mm
without PE and N terminal
1-row 200 111
order PE/N terminals separately 93
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
238
162
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
46
50
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
box walls without knockouts
KV PC 9112 5
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 5
333
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to
46
216 50
technical data
N separable for various potentials
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lateral enclosure connections can be managed by drilling
KV PC 9224 5
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 5
technical data
46
153
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Weatherproof,
for Outdoor Installation (harsh Environment and/or Outdoor)
KV PC 9336 5
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 5
583
technical data
N separable for various potentials
46
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and outdoor
216 50
installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lateral enclosure connections can be managed by drilling
KV PC 9448 5
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 5
708
N separable for various potentials
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and outdoor
installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
46
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm 216 50
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lateral enclosure connections can be managed by drilling
154
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Conduit Entry via Integrated Elastic Membranes
Conduit
entry via integrated elastic Door hinging interchangeable Burning behaviour:
membranes fast and easy from left to right. Glow wire test according
to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
155
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Conduit Entry via Integrated Elastic Membranes
KV 1712 22
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 22
333
for terminal technology refer to technical data
46
216 50
N separable for various potentials
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with cable glands for conduits and elastic membranes
KV 1718 23
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 23
333
46
for terminal technology refer to technical data
324
N separable for various potentials 50
KV 2724 22
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 22
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm 216 50
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with cable glands for conduits and elastic membranes
156
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Conduit Entry via Integrated Elastic Membranes
KV 2736 23
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 23
483
N separable for various potentials
46
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
324
50
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with cable glands for conduits and elastic membranes
KV 3736 22
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 22
583
N separable for various potentials
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
46
with transparent door
216 50
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with cable glands for conduits and elastic membranes
KV 3754 23
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 23
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to 324 50
accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with cable glands for conduits and elastic membranes
157
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Conduit Entry via Integrated Elastic Membranes
KV 4748 22
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 22
708
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
46
accessories. 216 50
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with cable glands for conduits and elastic membranes
158
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes with Additional Space for
Electrical Devices Not to be Manually Actuated
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
Compact user friendly solution, optically Additional space with DIN rail over the DIN rail equipment (dimensions
optimized. total enclosure width for electrical de- according to DIN 43 880) can be
Pre-assembly and wiring are possible vices not to be manually actuated. Instal- installed in the same enclosure.
inthe workshop when terminal blocks are lation depth 72 mm. Installation height
provided for. max. 125 mm resp. 150 mm.
Cable / concuit entry via metric Integrated compartment for accessories - Burning behaviour:
knockouts. everything has its proper place. Glow wire test according
Screws made of stainless steel V2A. to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
159
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes with Additional Space for
Electrical Devices Not to be Manually Actuated
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 9220 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17
150
458
with additional space for electrical devices not to be manually
actuated 50
46
with 1 DIN rail, 273 mm wide, for DIN rail equipment and 216 93
terminal blocks with max. mounting depth 72 mm
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25
and 1x M32 each
KV 9230 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18
150
483
with additional space for electrical devices not to be manually
actuated 50
46
with 1 DIN rail, 381 mm wide, for DIN rail equipment and 324
93
terminal blocks with max. mounting depth 72 mm
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25
and 1x M32 each
KV 9330 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17
actuated
125
with 1 DIN rail, 273 mm wide, for DIN rail equipment and
50
46
160
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes with Additional Space for
Electrical Devices Not to be Manually Actuated
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
KV 9440 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17
125
actuated
708
with 1 DIN rail, 273 mm wide, for DIN rail equipment and
125
terminal blocks with max. mounting depth 72 mm
125
with transparent door
50
46
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
216 93
accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25
and 1x M32 each
KV 9350 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18
150
with additional space for electrical devices not to be manually
630
actuated
with 1 DIN rail, 381 mm wide, for DIN rail equipment and
150
terminal blocks with max. mounting depth 72 mm 50
46
with transparent door 324
93
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
accessories.
with cable entry cover
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25
and 1x M32 each
161
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes IP 55/IP 65
162
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes IP 55/IP 65
KG 9001 16
21 Wall 21
Degree of protection: IP 55 (ESM), 16
253
with transparent hinged lid
fastener for tool operation
sealable
cable entry via metric knockouts
included cable entry:
2 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm and
1 ESM 32, sealing range 9-23 mm
KG 9002 19
21 Wall 21
Degree of protection: IP 55 (ESM), 19
253
with transparent hinged lid
fastener for tool operation
sealable
cable entry via metric knockouts
included cable entry:
2 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm and
1 ESM 32, sealing range 9-23 mm
KG 9003 20
21 Wall 21
Degree of protection: IP 55 (ESM), 20
KV 9331 5
Wall
Degree of protection: IP 65 5
sealable
with cable entry cover
cable entry via integrated elastic membranes
163
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes IP 55/IP 65
KG 9001 IN 16
21 Wall 21
Degree of protection: IP 55 (ESM), 16
253
with opaque hinged lid
fastener for tool operation
sealable
cable entry via metric knockouts
included cable entry:
2 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm and
1 ESM 32, sealing range 9-23 mm
KG 9002 IN 19
21 Wall 21
Degree of protection: IP 55 (ESM), 19
253
with opaque hinged lid
fastener for tool operation
sealable
cable entry via metric knockouts
included cable entry:
2 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm and
1 ESM 32, sealing range 9-23 mm
KG 9003 IN 20
21 Wall 21
Degree of protection: IP 55 (ESM), 20
164
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
KWH Meter Boxes
Cable Entry via Integrated Elastic Membranes
Cable entry with integrated elastic Screws made of stainless steel V2A. Burning behaviour:
sealing membranes Glow wire test according to
IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant
Sealable
165
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
KWH Meter Boxes
Cable Entry via Integrated Elastic Membranes
KV 9337 5
Wall
Use in unmetered area after consultation 5
50 / 80 mm
12 modules (12 x 18 mm)
583
with DIN-rail belonging to it
with transparent lid
104
60
fasteners for tool operation
sealable
with cable entry cover
cable entry via integrated elastic membranes
KV 9338 5
Wall
Use in unmetered area after consultation 5
583
358
310
standard opening dimensions 140 x 310 mm
for tool or manual operation
for padlock (clip max. 6 mm)
with additional DIN rail
length of DIN rail 172 mm
with transparent lid
fasteners for tool operation
sealable
with cable entry cover
cable entry via integrated elastic membranes
KV 9339 5
Wall
Use in unmetered area after consultation 5
166
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Accessories
167
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Accessories
EVS 16
Press-in connecting glands
degree of protection: IP 54
for lateral box assembly of KV and KG boxes
cable feedthrough for up to 19 mm
for bore-hole Pg 16, 23 mm
length 15 mm
AVS 16
Threaded connecting glands
degree of protection: IP 65
for lateral box assembly of KV and KG boxes
cable feedthrough for up to 15 mm
for bore-hole Pg 16, 23 mm
length 21,5 mm
KG MP 01
Mounting plate for KG 9001
material laminated paper, coated 100
material thickness 4 mm
136
with fixing screws
KG MP 02
Mounting plate for KG 9002
material laminated paper, coated 130
material thickness 4 mm
136
with fixing screws
KG MP 03
Mounting plate for KG 9003
material laminated paper, coated 180
material thickness 4 mm
136
168
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Accessories
KG TS 01
DIN rail for KG 9001
inaccordance with DIN EN 60 715 7,5
forequipment or terminals with clip-on mounting 81
with fixing screws
35
KG TS 02
DIN rail for KG 9002
inaccordance with DIN EN 60 715 7,5
forequipment or terminals with clip-on mounting 108
with fixing screws
35
KG TS 03
DIN rail for KG 9003
inaccordance with DIN EN 60 715 7,5
forequipment or terminals with clip-on mounting 162
with fixing screws
35
KHR 01
Cable retention
for cable diameter 6,5 - 14 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 6,5 - 10 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
KHR 02
Cable retention
for cable diameter 10 - 16 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 13 - 16 mm
169
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Accessories
KV FC 03
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 1 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm Cu
for small-type distribution boards with 3 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
KV FC 04
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 2 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm, Cu
for small-type distribution boards with 4.5 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
KV FC 06
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 2 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm, Cu
for small-type distribution boards with 6 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
KV FC 09
PE and N terminal
PE/N 2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu each
for small-type distribution boards with 9 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
KV FC 12
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 3 x 25 mm, 12 x 4 mm, Cu
forsmall-type distribution boards with 12 modules and KV empty boxes
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
N separable for various potentials
KV FC 18
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 4 x 25 mm, 16 x 4 mm, Cu
forsmall-type distribution boards with 18 modules per row
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
N separable for various potentials
170
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Accessories
KV FC 24
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
forsmall-type distribution boards with 12 modules and KV empty boxes
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
N separable for various potentials
KV FC 36
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 8 x 25 mm, 32 x 4 mm, Cu
forsmall-type distribution boards with 18 modules per row
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
N separable for various potentials
KG PN 01
PE and N terminal
for KG 9001
per PE/N number x cross section 3 x 25 mm, 3 x 4 mm Cu, screw-type terminal
KG PN 02
PE and N terminal
for KG 9002
PE+N x cross section 3 x 25 mm, 5 x 4 mm Cu, screw-type terminal
KG PN 03
PE and N terminal
for KG 9003
per PE/N number x cross section 4 x 25 mm, 7 x 4 mm Cu, screw-type terminal
171
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Accessories
FC BS 5
FIXCONNECT labelling system
set with 5 pieces
labelling system for FIXCONNECT plug-in terminals, not for terminals 2x25 / 4x4 mm
for attaching of labelling strips or marking with felt tip pen
FC BS 6
FIXCONNECT labelling system
labellingsystem for FIXCONNECT plug-in terminals, for terminals 2x25 / 4x4 mm
forattaching of labelling strips or marking with felt tip pen
set with 5 pieces
KV EB 03
Cable entry cover
for small-type distribution boards with 3 modules
for replacement purposes (1 cable entry cover included with supply of the board)
KV EB 04
Cable entry cover
for small-type distribution boards with 4.5 modules
for replacement purposes (1 cable entry cover included with supply of the board)
KV EB 06
Cable entry cover
for small-type distribution boards with 6 modules
for replacement purposes (1 cable entry cover included with supply of the board)
KV EB 09
Cable entry cover
for small-type distribution boards with 9 modules
and for KV 9325, KV 9363
for replacement purposes (1 cable entry cover included with supply of the board)
KV EB 12
Cable entry cover
forsmall-type distribution boards with 12 modules per row
onlyorder additionally if the cable entry should be covered at the top and bottom (1 cable entry
cover included with supply of the board)
KV EB 18
Cable entry cover
forsmall-type distribution boards with 18 modules per row
onlyorder additionally if the cable entry should be covered at the top and bottom (1 cable entry
cover included with supply of the board)
172
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Accessories
KV ES 1
Locking device
for small-type distribution boards 12 - 54
modules
profile cylinder with 2 keys
KV ES 2
Spare key
for door lock KV ES 1 or KV ES 3
2 pieces
KV ES 3
Locking device
for small-type distribution boards 3 - 9
modules
and for KV 9325, KV 9363
profile cylinder with 2 keys
KV PL 2
Facility for sealing
for small-type distribution boards 12 - 54
modules
for sealing the top and bottom parts of the box (doors can be sealed without accessories)
KV PL 3
Facility for sealing
for small-type distribution boards 3 - 9
modules
and for KV 9325, KV 9363
for sealing the top and bottom parts of the box (doors can be sealed without accessories)
AS 12
Blanking strip
12 modules
12 x 18 mm, divisible every 9 mm
for the covering of spare equipment openings, for material thickness up to 3 mm
AS 18
Blanking strip
18 modules
18 X 18 mm, divisible every 9 mm
for the covering of spare equipment openings, for material thickness up to 3 mm
173
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Vorspannseite
174
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Detail Dimensions in mm
36,5
123,5
123,5
205
232
253
182
165
205
253
232
182
165
5,2
5,2
KG 9001 KG 9002
KG 9001 IN KG 9002 IN
217
182 115
160 95
126 81
36,5
123,5
205
253
232
182
165
5,2
KG 9003
KG 9003 IN
295
245 182
105 105 160
83,5
540
440
405
4,5
175
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Mounting Dimensions in mm
228
238
238
90
122
132
132
32
32
32
32
86
107 160
155
137
458
280
583
51
405
387
708
210
530
512
125 125
51
210
125
51
210
51
210
Circuit breaker Circuit breaker Circuit breaker
boxes boxes boxes
1 x 18 modules 2 x 18 modules 3 x 18 modules
403 403 403
333
155
137
483
305
150 150
287
630
51
455
437
320
150
51
320
51
320
By turning the rail by 180 , the assembly depth under the protection cover
59
can be increased to 59 mm. No additional components are required.
50
40 Cable entry cover for KV Circuit breaker boxes IP 54 and IP 65 with 12-54 modules
mounted on top and the bottom.
40
176
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Box Assembly
KV Circuit breaker boxes KV Circuit breaker boxes KV Circuit breaker boxes KV Circuit breaker boxes
3 modules 4.5 modules 6 modules 9 modules
KV Circuit breaker / Meter and Empty boxes can be assembled laterally as shown below:
- in degree of protection IP 65 with threaded connecting glands AVS 16
- in degree of protection IP 54 with press-in connecting glands EVS 16
177
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Terminals
Corresponding cross-sections/copper
Clamping unit max. max.
number from - to max. number from - to max.
Screw-type terminal 25 mm
1 25 mm2, s 1 25 mm2, f
1 16 mm2, s 1 16 mm2, f
1 10 mm2, sol 1 10 mm2, f
}
3 6 mm2, sol Tested as connecting
terminal for several
1 6 mm2, f
3 4 mm2, sol conductors of the same 1 4 mm2, f
cross-sections for using
4 2.5 mm2, sol in one circuit 1 2.5 mm2, f
4 1.5 mm2, sol 1 1.5 mm2, f
Plug-in terminal 4 mm
1 1.5 - 4 mm2, sol 1 1.5 - 4 mm2, f
Without end ferrule; clamping unit has to be
opened with a tool when conductor is inserted
178
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Terminals
up to 4 mm2 up to 25 mm2
3
4x4 mm2 1x25 mm2
4.5
6
4x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
9
8x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
12
12x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
18
16x4 mm2 4x25 mm2
24
36 (3-row)
48 24x4 mm2 6x25 mm2
36 (2-row)
54
32x4 mm2 8x25 mm2
3
4x4 mm2 1x25 mm2
4.5
6
4x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
9
8x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
12
12x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
18
16x4 mm2 4x25 mm2
24
36 (3-row)
48 24x4 mm2 6x25 mm2
36 (2-row)
54
32x4 mm2 8x25 mm2
179
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Standards
KV circuit breaker boxes comply with the following standards and regulations:
180
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Operating and Ambient Conditions
KV PC Smalltype distribution
KV Smalltype distribution boards
boards
PS polystyrene
PC polycarbonate
KV Small-type Empty boxes Cable entry KV PC Small-type Threaded con-
distribution ESM ..., distribution necting glands
boards and EVS 16 boards AVS 16
KWH Meter
boxes
Application area IP 54/65: The enclosures are suitable for outdoor
Suitable for indoor installation (normal environment and/or installation - harsh environment and /
protected outdoor) according to DIN VDE 0100 Teil 737 or outdoor.
The material is examined for UV
resistance by the institute for plastics
and thereby suitable for the outdoor
installation during UV effect.
However the climatic inuences and
effects on the equipment are to be
considered.
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 35 C + 35 C + 35 C + 55 C
- Maximum value + 40 C + 60 C + 40 C + 40 C + 70 C
- Minimum value 5 C 25 C 25 C 5 C 40 C
Relative humidity 50% at 40 C -
- short-time 100% at 25 C -
Fire protection Demands placed on electrical devices from standards and laws:
in the case of internal faults
Minimum requirements
- Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11:
- 650 C for boxes and cable glands
- 850 C for parts of insulating material necessary to retain
current carrying parts in position
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test
IEC 60 695-2-11 750 C 750 C 750 C 960 C 750 C
- UL Subject 94 V-2 V-2 V-2 V-2
ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule)
against mechanical load
Toxic behaviour halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free
silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables - Determination of the amount of
halogen acid gas.
181
KV Small-type Distribution Boards
182
ENYSTAR
NEW
otection
of pr
Degree
IP 66 Distribution Boards up to 250 A with Door
According to IEC 61 439-3
Distribution Boards Intended to be
Operated by Ordinary Persons (DBO)
- combinable enclosure system
- degree of protection IP 66
- made from polycarbonate
- protection class II,
Assembling
videos
Product benefits: Empty enclosures and circuit breaker boxes with doors 192
Empty enclosures
door locking with hand operation
Operation and access also by unskilled persons
with transparent doors 193 - 195
with opaque doors 196 - 198
Empty enclosures
door fastener with tool operation
Access and operation only by skilled persons
with transparent doors 199 - 201
with opaque doors 202 - 204
with removable DIN rail rack for earth connection (British Standard)
without PE and N terminals, 12 up to 54 modules 211 - 214
184
ENYSTAR
Contents
Busbar Boxes
5-pole Busbar System, 250 A 218
Covers and Fusegear 219
Accessories (Terminals for direct connection on busbar) 220 - 221
Isolator Boxes
with Switch Disconnectors in Accordance with IEC 60 947-3 223 - 226
Circuit-breaker boxes
with Circuit-breakers in accordance with IEC 60 947-2 227
C
Ambient temperature
0 0
for distribution boards in accordance with IEC 60 439-3:
-5 C up to 35 C, max. + 40 C
Environmental
Relative humidity: 50% at 40 C, 100% at 25 C
conditions
for empty enclosures: - 25C up to + 70 C
The ambient temperature for distribution boards is reduced by the installed
equipment technology!
Insulated enclosures
Insulation
(Protection class II)
Protection against
Dust-proof
foreign solid objects
degree of protection IP 66
and direct contact
Protection against
Protected against water
ingress of water with
degree of protection IP 66
harmful effects
Material: thermoplastic
Glow wire test 960C in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11 Dependent on material
Burning behaviour ame-retardant, self-extinguishing
UL Subject 94, V-2
Resistance against
Chemical resistance acid 10% and alkaline 10%,
petrol and mineral oil
186
ENYSTAR
System Description
protection class II
Doors
allenclosure sizes with door
transparent and opaque
sealable
locking facilities: lockable, door fasteners for tool and hand operation
no overhangig handles
Quick Assembly
closed or open enclosure walls,
which can fast and easily be closed with closing plate sets
integrated gaskets
safe connectors
Quick assembly
Multikey
Besides the standard locking system for tool-operation with slot screwdriver
ENYSTAR doors can be operated as well with triangle 8 mm, square lock
8mm and double-bit.
All four locking systems are operated by a Mulitkey.
187
ENYSTAR
System Design
Enclosure depth
with hand operation
1
186
2 4
with tool operation
Extension frame
for extending installation
depths by 50 mm
Combinable distribution
3 with hand operation
boards with door
modular structure of enclo-
50
sures in grid of 90 mm
236
213
4 enclosure sizes:
270 x 180 mm,
270 x 360 mm,
with tool operation
270 x 540 mm and
540 x 360 mm
to assemble fast and simply
to larger combinations
Order closing plate sets,
Dimensions (in mm)
single closing plates
and flanges separately.
Combinable enclosures
with door
and closing plates
4 box sizes:
276 x 186 mm,
276 x 366 mm,
276 x 546 mm and
546 x 366 mm
2
5 Wall 5
3 Distribution boards
Box walls
Assignment of box walls:
The assignment of box walls is effected Wall 1 (180 mm) Wall 3 (360 mm)
via wall symbols that are assigned to each Wall opening: Wall opening:
100 x 80 mm 280 x 80 mm
product. The individual figures 2 give an
indication, which wall is concerned. Wall 2 (270 mm) Wall 4 (540 mm)
All box walls are listed in the fold-out Wall opening: Wall opening:
190 x 80 mm 2 x 190 x 80 mm
of the coverpages.
188
ENYSTAR
System Design
Assembly Examples
Because of the increasing requi- order to adapt the Large doors for all box sizes
rements, exibility is essential in system exibly to the indivi- allow a simple accessibility
the electrial installation. dual requirements in site: of the electrical functions.
ENYSTAR enclosures can be Combination next to each
combined and arranged freely in other or one above the other.
Combination
of enclosures Combination of enclosures
in vertical in horizontal direction.
direction.
Example 2:
Distribution board with 125 A
feeding,
36 modules (3 x 12 x 18 mm) and
a terminal box for PE and N 1
Connection Box
The ENYSTAR Connection The ENYSTAR Connection Box
Box allows a simple and fast is available in different designs
installation of devices that must and standard equipments.
be operated externally. Such
as plug devices, pushbuttons,
switches or also touch panels.
The new Connection Box is in-
stalled via safe plug connectors.
189
ENYSTAR
Assembly Examples
190
ENYSTAR
Distribution Boards up to 250 A According to IEC 61 439-3
Distribution Boards Indended to Be Operated by Ordinary Persons
Distribution boards are General requirements concerning distribution boards
usually used in working 1. Clear separation between operation area and distribution area
place proximity. Their ap- For areas in distribution boards to which unskilled persons have access, standards require special
plication is various. protective measures:
- Life parts are to be protected against accidental contact by a cover.
Here the demands and - Devices, which may be operated only by an electrical skilled person,
requirements that result are to be arranged in a separate area, which is to be opened only with tool.
from the installation site 2. Fast and safe operating of the intended devices,
must be adhered to. e.g. series built-in equipment and switching devices
3. No removable covers or parts so that electrotechnical unskilled persons can easyly operate.
Modular distribution boards for special requirements in commercial and industrial applications ...
Total insulated enclosures, protection class II
High degree of protection IP 66: dust-proof and water-proof
Corrosion-resistant enclosures by high-quality thermoplastic material
High mechanical strength IK 08 for heavy duty usage in commercial and industrial applications
... and with clearly separated functional areas!
Modular design for clear separation of access and operation areas for electrical skilled persons and
unskilled persons.
Large, transparent doors for a quick control and convenient operation of the built-in equipment
Fast opening and closing of the doors in a single operation
At any time an expandable, modular system
IEC 61 439-3:
1. Only installation equipment, like
series built-in equipment, fuses up
to 63 A, circuit-breakers and IT-
Operation
191
ENYSTAR
Empty Enclosures
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Zuordnung der
Gehusewnde
Die Zuordnung der Gehu-
sewnde erfolgt ber die
Wandsymbole,
die jedem Produkt zugewiesen
sind. Die einzelnen Zahlen 1
geben den Hinweis, um wel-
che Wand es sich handelt.
Device mounting via DIN rails Device mounting via mounting plates Individual device installation into covers
Hand-operated doors in areas to which Tool-operated doors in areas to which Facilities for earth connection according
unskilled persons have access for opera- only an electrical skilled person may to British Standard
ting devices have access
192
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Transparent Door
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 0140 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 126 x D 140 mm 2
180
box size 1
with transparent door
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0141 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 126 x D 140 mm 2
186
box size 1
with transparent door
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order flanges separately
FP 0240 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 306 x D 140 mm 2
360
with transparent door
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0241 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 306 x D 140 mm 2
box size 2
with transparent door
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order flanges separately
193
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Transparent Door
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 0340 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 486 x D 140 mm 2
540
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0341 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 486 x D 140 mm 2
546
with transparent door
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
FP 0440 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 486 x H 306 x D 140 mm 4
FP 0441 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 486 x H 306 x D 140 mm 4
box size 4
with transparent door
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
ATTENTION
FP 0461 3
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 306 x H 486 x D 140 mm 3
546
with transparent door
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
195
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Opaque Door
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 0150 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 126 x D 140 mm 2
180
with opaque door
box size 1
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0151 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 126 x D 140 mm 2
186
with opaque door
box size 1
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order flanges separately
FP 0250 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 306 x D 140 mm 2
360
with built-in DIN rail 125 mm
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0251 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 306 x D 140 mm 2
ATTENTION
FP 0350 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 486 x D 140 mm 2
540
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0351 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 486 x D 140 mm 2
546
box size 3
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
FP 0450 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 486 x H 306 x D 140 mm 4
FP 0451 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 486 x H 306 x D 140 mm 4
197
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Opaque Door
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 0471 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 306 x H 486 x D 140 mm 4
546
box size 4
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
ATTENTION
FP 0100 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 126 x D 140 mm 2
180
box size 1
with transparent door
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0101 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 126 x D 140 mm 2
186
box size 1
with transparent door
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order flanges separately
FP 0210 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 306 x D 140 mm 2
FP 0211 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 306 x D 140 mm 2
199
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Transparent Door
Access and Operation Only by Skilled Persons
FP 0310 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 486 x D 140 mm 2
540
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0311 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 486 x D 140 mm 2
546
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
FP 0400 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 486 x H 306 x D 140 mm 4
FP 0401 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 486 x H 306 x D 140 mm 4
200
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Transparent Door
Access and Operation Only by Skilled Persons
FP 0411 3
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 306 x H 486 x D 140 mm 3
546
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
201
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Opaque Door
Access and Operation Only by Skilled Persons
FP 0120 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 126 x D 140 mm 2
180
with opaque door
box size 1
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0121 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 126 x D 140 mm 2
186
with opaque door
box size 1
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order flanges separately
FP 0230 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 306 x D 140 mm 2
360
box size 2
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0231 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 306 x D 140 mm 2
box size 2
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order flanges separately
202
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Opaque Door
Access and Operation Only by Skilled Persons
FP 0330 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 486 x D 140 mm 2
540
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0331 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 486 x D 140 mm 2
546
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
FP 0420 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 486 x H 306 x D 140 mm 4
FP 0421 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 486 x H 306 x D 140 mm 4
box size 4
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
203
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Opaque Door
Access and Operation Only by Skilled Persons
FP 0431 4
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 306 x H 486 x D 140 mm 4
546
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
204
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1109 2
1 Wall 1
9 modules: 1 x 9 x 18 mm 2
180
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N
PE/N 2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu each
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 1108 2
1 Wall 1
9 modules: 1 x 9 x 18 mm 2
186
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N
PE/N 2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu each
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
connector: 4 items
order flanges separately
FP 1219 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
box size 2
360
205
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1218 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
box size 2
366
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N 125
FP 1319 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
box size 3
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N 125
540
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu 125
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance with
DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 1318 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
box size 3
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N 125
546
206
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1409 4
3 Wall 3
54 modules: 2 x 27 x 18 mm 4
360
125
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance with
DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 1408 4
3 Wall 3
54 modules: 2 x 27 x 18 mm 4
366
125
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
connector: 6 items
order flanges separately
FP 1418 3
4 Wall 4
51 modules: 3 x 17 x 18 3
207
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1211 2
3 Wall 3
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
366
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 100 A
in accordance with DIN 43 880 N PE
Example:
2 x FP 1318
72 modules: 6 x 12 x 18 mm
with closing plates 2 2
2 x 3-row 2 22 2
PE+N x cross section
6 x 25 mm2, Cu 2 22 2 125 125
24 x 4 mm2, Cu 2 2
attached enclosure connectors: 6 items 125 125
order flanges separately
degree of protection IP 66
208
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1105 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
186
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
order PE/N terminals separately
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
connector: 4 items
walls closed with closing plates, closing plate set included
order flanges separately
FP 1215 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
366
125
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
connector: 4 items
walls closed with closing plates, closing plate set included
order flanges separately
FP 1315 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
209
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1415 3
4 Wall 4
51 modules: 3 x 17 x 18 3
546
with DIN 43 880 125
210
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1106 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
box size 1
180
order PE/N terminals separately
with installation of a PE/N terminal the number of modules is
reduced to 1 x 9 x 18 mm
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 1107 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
186
order PE/N terminals separately
with installation of a PE/N terminal the number of modules is
reduced to 1 x 9 x 18 mm
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
connector: 4 items
walls closed with closing plates, closing plate set included
order flanges separately
Removable DIN rail rack for e.g. earth connection (British standard)
211
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1216 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
360
125
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separa-
tely
FP 1217 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
366
125
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
connector: 4 items
walls closed with closing plates, closing plate set included
order flanges separately
Removable DIN rail rack for e.g. earth connection (British standard)
212
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1316 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
540
DIN 43 880 125
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 1317 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
546
with DIN 43 880 125
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
connector: 6 items
walls closed with closing plates, closing plate set included
order flanges separately
Removable DIN rail rack for e.g. earth connection (British standard)
213
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1406 4
3 Wall 3
54 modules: 2 x 27 x 18 mm 4
360
125
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance with
DIN 43 880
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 1417 3
4 Wall 4
51 modules: 3 x 17 x 18 3
546
with DIN 43 880 125
214
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 100 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1101 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
box size 1
180
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 100 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
use enclosure FP 1100 for N/PE terminals
with transparent door
door locking with hand operation
door locking sealable
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
with labelling strips
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 1249 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
box size 2
360
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 100 A in accordance 150
FP 1349 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
box size 3
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 100 A in accordance 150
540
215
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 100 A
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1439 4
3 Wall 3
54 modules: 2 x 27 x 18 mm 4
box size 4
360
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 100 A in accordance 150
FP 1211 2
3 Wall 3
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
366
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 100 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880 N PE
FP 1100 2
1 Wall 1
Terminal box 2
216
ENYSTAR
KWH Meter Boxes
Access and Operation only by skilled persons
FP 2211 2
3 Wall 3
max. installation depth: 136 mm 2
360
for meters with three-point mounting
with transparent door
door fastener with tool operation
door locking sealable
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 2312 2
4 Wall 4
max. installation depth: 136 mm 2
540
for meters with three-point mounting
with transparent door
door fastener with tool operation
door locking sealable
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
217
ENYSTAR
Busbar Boxes
Access and Operation only by skilled persons
FP 3212 2
3 Wall 3
Busbar rated current: 250 A 2
5-pole
PE
N
360
centreline spacing of busbars: 60 mm
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the phase
conductors
installation width:
space units: 12
with transparent door
door fastener with tool operation
door locking sealable
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 3402 4
3 Wall 3
Busbar rated current: 250 A 4
5-pole
PE
N
360
centreline spacing of busbars: 60 mm
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the phase
conductors
installation width: 180 mm and 288 mm
space units: 10 and 16
with transparent door
door fastener with tool operation
door locking sealable
connector: 6 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP SV 25
Busbar connector
for busbars 250 A, 5-pole
for the connection of ENYSTAR busbar boxes
218
ENYSTAR
Covers and Fusegear
FP AP 21
Cover for bus-mounted fusegear
for enclosure size 2
forbusbar boxes for equipping with fusegear HRC RT 00C and ZS RS 18
cut-out:
H 160 mm x W 216 mm
space units: 12
FP AP 41
Cover for bus-mounted fusegear
for enclosure size 4
forbusbar boxes for equipping with fusegear HRC RT 00C and ZS RS 18
cut-out:
H 160 mm x W 180 mm and H 160 mm x W 288 mm
space units: 10 and 16
FP BA 70
Blanking cover
W 126 x H 160 mm
for blanking of unused openings in covers and terminals for direct busbar connection 16-70 mm
for blanking of unused openings in covers for bus-mounted fusegear
space unit: 7
divisible every 18 mm
NH RT 00C
HRC 00C bus-mounted fuse switch dis-
connector
connection: 1,5-50 mm, Cu
3-polig 90
160
W 90 mm x H 160 mm, space unit: 5
for retrofitting on busbars
busbar thickness 5 mm and distance 60 mm between bars
ZS RS 18
D02 bus-mounted fuse base
connection: 1.5-16 mm, Cu, 3-pole
rated current: 63 A 36
219
ENYSTAR
Terminal for direct connection on busbar
220
Width Tightening torque for For Busbar For Busbar Boxes For Busbar Boxes with
terminal Boxes with covers for com- covers for combina-
bination with tion with fusegears
fusegears and blanking covers
PE PE
N N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
11 mm 4 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
16 mm 6 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
21 mm 10 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
34 mm 12 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3
34 mm 40 Nm PE
PE
N N
L1 L1
L2
L2 L3
L3
PE PE
PE PE
N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1
144 mm 12,0 Nm L1-L3, N L2
L2
L2
L2
L3 L3
10,0 Nm PE L3 L3
221
ENYSTAR
HRC Fuse Boxes with Fuse Switch Disconnectors
Fuse Switch Disconnectors in Accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Access and Operation only by Skilled Persons
FP 4211 2
3 Wall 3
1 x HRC 00C, 3pole 2
360
N PE
with transparent door
door fastener with tool operation
door locking sealable
connector: 4 items
box size 2
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 4212 2
3 Wall 3
2 x HRC 00C, 3-pole 2
360
N PE
wiring area top/bottom changeable
with connection for splitting-up incoming cable
with transparent door
door fastener with tool operation
door locking sealable
connector: 4 items
box size 2
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 4312 2
4 Wall 4
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 2
222
ENYSTAR
Isolator boxes
Switch Disconnectors in Accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Operation also by Unskilled Persons
FP 5101 2
1 Wall 1
switch disconnector 63 A 2
3-pole PE + N
connection: 2,5-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 270 186
63A
with transparent door
180
N PE
switching capacity 30 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 80 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
FP 5103 2
1 Wall 1
switch disconnector 63 A 2
4-polig PE
connection: 2,5-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 270 186
63A
with transparent door
180
PE
switching capacity 30 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 80 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
FP 5102 2
1 Wall 1
switch disconnector 100 A 2
3-pole PE + N
connection: 10-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 270 186
100A
with transparent door
180
N PE
switching capacity 40 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 100 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
223
ENYSTAR
Isolator boxes
Switch Disconnectors in Accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Operation also by Unskilled Persons
FP 5104 2
1 Wall 1
switch disconnector 100 A 2
4-polig PE
connection: 10-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 270 186
100A
with transparent door
180
PE
switching capacity 40 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 100 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
FP 5201 2
3 Wall 3
switch disconnector 125 A 2
3-pole PE + N
connection: 70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 270 186
360
door locking with hand operation N PE
switching capacity 55 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 125 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
FP 5202 2
3 Wall 3
switch disconnector 125 A 2
4-polig PE
connection: 70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 270 186
switching capacity 55 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 125 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
224
ENYSTAR
Isolator boxes
Switch Disconnectors in Accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Operation also by Unskilled Persons
FP 5211 2
3 Wall 3
switch disconnector 160 A 2
3-pole PE + N
connection: 70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 270 186
360
door locking with hand operation N PE
switching capacity 75 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 160 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
FP 5213 2
3 Wall 3
switch disconnector 160 A 2
4-polig PE
connection: 70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 270 186
360
door locking with hand operation PE
switching capacity 75 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 160 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
FP 5312 2
4 Wall 4
switch disconnector 250 A 2
3-pole PE + N
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 150 mm per phase) or 270 186
VA 400 + Mi VS 250
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
540
225
ENYSTAR
Circuit-breaker boxes
Circuit-breakers in accordance with IEC 60 947-2
Access and Operation only by Skilled Persons
FP 5216 2
3 Wall 3
160 A 2
3-pole PE + N
connection: 70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 270 163
MCCB with overload and short-circuit release
with transparent door
360
door fastener with tool operation N PE
FP 5325 2
4 Wall 4
250 A 2
3-pole PE + N
connection: 150 mm, Cu or Mi VS 250 270 163
MCCB with overload and short-circuit release
with transparent door
door fastener with tool operation
540
N PE
226
ENYSTAR
Accessories
227
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP CB 210
Connection Box
for mounting on box walls (270 mm) 270 158
215
hinged mounting area
180
for the installation of devices that must be operated externally,
125
such as plug devices, push buttons and switches 45
Example:
the Connection Box allows a simple and fast installation of devices, that must be operated externally,
such as plug devices, push buttons and switches.
228
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP ZR 30
Extension frame
for enclosures size 3
for extension of the installation depth by 50 mm 270 50
inclusive fixing material
suitable for the admission of cover FP AP 30 in different
installation depths
540
FP ZR 40
Extension frame
for enclosure size 4
for extension of the installation depth by 50 mm 540 50
360
suitable for the admission of cover FP AP 40 in different
installation depths
FP TS 27
DIN rail
length 216 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715
for ENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 1, 2 and 3
for equipment or terminals with clip-on mounting
with fixing screws
FP TS 36
DIN rail
length 306 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715
for ENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 2 and 4
for equipment or terminals with clip-on mounting
with fixing screws
FP TS 54
DIN rail
length 486 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715
for ENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 3 and 4
for equipment or terminals with clip-on mounting
with fixing screws
FP DS 02
Spacer
height: 29.5 mm or 53.5 mm
forspacing DIN rails ENYSTAR
2 pieces
with fixing screws for fixing on bottoms
229
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP MP 10
Mounting plate
W 216 x H 126 mm
forENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 1, 2 and 3
material thickness 4 mm
with fixing screws
FP MP 20
Mounting plate
W 216 x H 306 mm
forENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 2, 3 and 4
material thickness 4 mm
with fixing screws
FP MP 30
Mounting plate
W 216 x H 486 mm
forENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 3 and 4
material thickness 4 mm
with fixing screws
FP MP 40
Mounting plate
W 486 x H 306 mm
forENYSTAR empty boxes size 4
material thickness 4 mm
with fixing screws
FP BZ 13
Fixing screw
length 13 mm
for assembling DIN rails or mounting plates at the base of the box
for material thicknesses of 2.5 to 4 mm
self-tapping
galvanised
Example:
230
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP AP 10
Cover without cut-outs
W 220 x H 130 mm
forENYSTAR enclosure size 1
forretrofitting
as protection cover or for installation of equipment
FP AP 20
Cover without cut-outs
W 220 x H 310 mm
forENYSTAR enclosure size 2
forretrofitting
as protection cover or for installation of equipment
FP AP 30
Cover without cut-outs
W 220 x H 490 mm
forENYSTAR enclosure size 3
forretrofitting
as protection cover or for installation of equipment
FP AP 40
Cover without cut-outs
W 490 x H 310 mm
forENYSTAR enclosure size 4
forretrofitting
as protection cover or for installation of equipment
FP PL 2
Sealing device for covers
not suitable for circuit-breaker boxes
can be retrofitted
2 pieces
with fixing screws
Example:
231
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP TW 18
Partition
180 mm
to push-in between enclosures
FP TW 27
Partition
270 mm
to push-in between enclosures
FP TW 36
Partition
360 mm
to push-in between enclosures
except between two busbar boxes
AS 12
Blanking strip
12 modules
12 x 18 mm, divisible every 9 mm
for the covering of spare equipment openings, for material thickness up to 3 mm
AS 18
Blanking strip
18 modules
18 X 18 mm, divisible every 9 mm
for the covering of spare equipment openings, for material thickness up to 3 mm
FC PN 20
PE and N terminal
PE/N 2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu each
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat profile 35 mm
forboxes with 1 x 12 modules (through terminal reduction to 9 modules)
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FP FC 24
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 3 x 25 mm, 12 x 4 mm, Cu
forenclosures with 2 x 12 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
with fixing screws
current carrying capacity: 80 A
N separable for various potentials
FP FC 36
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
forenclosures with 3 x 12 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
with fixing screws
current carrying capacity: 80 A
N separable for various potentials
232
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP FC 54
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
forenclosures with 2 x 27 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
with fixing screws
current carrying capacity: 80 A
N separable for various potentials
FP FC 51
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 8 x 25 mm, 32 x 4 mm, Cu
forenclosures with 3 x 17 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
with fixing screws
current carrying capacity: 80 A
N separable for various potentials
FC PE 10
PE terminal
2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu
for boxes with 1 x 12 modules (through terminal reduction to 9
modules)
for installation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat
profile 35 mm
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology, for terminal technology refer to
index technical data
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FP FC 054
PE terminal
6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
forenclosures with 2 x 12 modules, 3 x 12 modules, 2 x 27 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
with fixing screws
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FP FC 051
PE terminal
8 x 25 mm, 32 x 4 mm, Cu
forenclosures with 3 x 17 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
with fixing screws
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FC BS 5
FIXCONNECT labelling system
set with 5 pieces
labelling system for FIXCONNECT plug-in terminals, not for terminals 2x25 / 4x4 mm
for attaching of labelling strips or marking with felt tip pen
233
ENYSTAR
Accessories
KKL 34
Main line branch terminal
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm as L1-L3, Cu
3-pole as connecting terminal 25 mm 56
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat profile 35 mm
39
current carrying capacity: 80 A
35,4
width: 61 mm
KKL 48
Main line branch terminal
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm, as L1-L3;
8 x 1.5-25 mm, as N, Cu
4-pole as connecting terminal 25 mm 56
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat profile
39
35 mm
35,4
current carrying capacity: 80 A
width: 100 mm
KKL 54
Main line branch terminal
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm as L1-L3;
4 x 1.5-25mm as N;
4 x 1.5-25 mm as PE, Cu
5-pole as connecting terminal 25 mm 56
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat profile 35 mm
39
current carrying capacity: 80 A
35,4
width: 100 mm
234
ENYSTAR
Accessories
Mi HS 20
Auxiliary contact
2 changeover contacts for retrofitting on switch disconnectors 160-630 A
rated current: 6 A
2-pole
connection with flat connector 6.3 mm
MK 0107
Auxiliary changeover contact
for circuit-breakers 16-630 A
rated current: 6 A
1-pole
The auxiliary switches can report different functions depending on their mounting location
in the circuit-breaker.
circuit breaker 160/250 A = 2x ON/OFF signal + 1x tripping signal
circuit-breaker 400/630 A = 3x ON/OFF signal + 1x tripping signal + 1x electric error signal
MK 0106
Open-circuit shunt release
for circuit-breakers 16-630 A
AC 50/60 Hz, 200 to 240 V
the main contacts of the circuit-breaker are opened when voltage of more than 0.7 x Un is applied
MK 0105
Undervoltage release
for circuit-breakers 16-630 A
AC 50/60 Hz, 200 to 240 V
when the control voltage drops below 0.35 - 0.7 x Un, the main contacts of the circuit-breaker
are opened
the closing of the contacts can only take place with voltages above 0.85 x Un
VA 400
Wiring terminal up to 400 A
terminalfor direct connection of laminated copper wiring strip (Mi VS 250 and Mi VS 400)
up to 400 A
onto switchgear with flat contact M10
DA 185
Terminal for direct connection
formounting onto switchgear with flat contact M10
ratedconnecting capacity:
16-185 mm s (round), Cu
16-185 mm s (sector), Cu
16-185 mm sol(round), Cu
16-185 mm sol (sector), Cu
235
ENYSTAR
Accessories
Terminal for direct connection on busbar
236
Width Tightening torque for For Busbar For Busbar Boxes For Busbar Boxes with
terminal Boxes with covers for com- covers for combina-
bination with tion with fusegears
fusegears and blanking covers
PE PE
N N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
11 mm 4 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
16 mm 6 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
21 mm 10 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
34 mm 12 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3
34 mm 40 Nm PE
PE
N N
L1 L1
L2
L2 L3
L3
PE PE
PE PE
N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1
144 mm 12,0 Nm L1-L3, N L2
L2
L2
L2
L3 L3
10,0 Nm PE L3 L3
237
ENYSTAR
Accessories
Mi SS 22
Busbar 12 x 5 mm
length 2400 mm
conductor material: Cu
busbar rated current 250 A as N/PE, 400 A as PE, with ENYSTAR
as L1, L2, L3, N and PE 250 A
FP ST 25
Busbar support
for busbars 250 A, 5-pole
for installation in FP empty enclosures 5
12
centreline spacing of busbars: 60 mm PE
40
for bus bars 12 x 5 mm 10 N (PEN)
with fixing screws
60
L1
260
175
60
12
L2
60
L3
12
28
Mi VS 100
Wiring strip
rated current: 100 A
forconnections of 100 A between busbars and built-in equipment
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be
observed
length 2000 mm
number of sheets: 3 pieces
width: 9 mm
material thickness per sheet 0.8 mm
Mi VS 160
Wiring strip
rated current: 160 A
forconnections of 160 A between busbars and built-in equipment
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be
observed
length 2000 mm
sheets: 6 pieces
width: 9 mm
material thickness per sheet 0.8 mm
Mi VS 250
Wiring strip
rated current: 250 A
forconnections of 250 A between busbars and built-in equipment
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be
observed
length 2000 mm
sheets: 6 pieces
width: 15.5 mm
material thickness per sheet 0.8 mm
238
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP WT 1
Wall separator
forconnecting enclosure walls of different sizes (refer to technical data)
forinsertion in bases of enclosures
with 2 fixing elements
FP VP 18
Closing plate
180 mm
with 2 fixing elements
without knockouts
FP VP 27
Closing plate
270 mm
with 2 fixing elements
without knockouts
FP VP 36
Closing plate
360 mm
with 2 fixing elements
without knockouts
239
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP BF 18
Ventilation flange
180 mm
for ventilation of ENYSTAR Distribution boards in the event of extremely high internal temperatures
or a risk of water condensation
for vertical installation on box walls
with 2 fixing elements
FP BF 27
Ventilation flange
270 mm
for ventilation of ENYSTAR Distribution boards in the event of extremely high internal temperatures
or a risk of water condensation
for vertical installation on box walls
with 2 fixing elements
FP BF 36
Ventilation flange
360 mm
for ventilation of ENYSTAR Distribution boards in the event of extremely high internal temperatures
or a risk of water condensation
for vertical installation on box walls
with 2 fixing elements
BE 44
Ventilation insert
BM 32
Pressure compensation element
for M 32 knockouts
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation 66
15,7
240
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP VS 10
Closing plate set
box size 1
2 x for box wall 1 (180 mm) and 2 x for box wall 2 (270 mm)
with 8 fixing elements
without knockouts
FP VS 20
Closing plate set
box size 2
2 x for box wall 2 (270 mm) and 2 x for box wall 3 (360 mm)
with 8 fixing elements
without knockouts
FP VS 30
Closing plate set
box size 3
6x for box wall 2 (270 mm)
with 12 fixing elements
without knockouts
FP VS 40
Closing plate set
box size 4
4 x for box wall 2 (270 mm) and 2 x for box wall 3 (360 mm)
with 12 fixing elements
without knockouts
241
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP VM 27
Metal insert for closing plates
box size 2 (270 mm)
forearthing of metal armoured cables 270
without knockouts
112
80
mounting width 215 mm 180
mounting height 80 mm
FP VM 36
Metal insert for closing plates
forbox wall 3 (360 mm)
forearthing of metal armoured cables 360
without knockouts
112
80
mounting width 215 mm 270
mounting height 80 mm
Earth connection according to Britsh Standard installation via built-in metal insert.
242
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP FG 200
Flange
without knockouts
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
FP FG 222
Flange
sealing range 6-30 mm
sealing range: 17 x 6-13 mm, 2 x 9-17 mm, 2 x 8-23 mm,
1 x 11-30 mm
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
with integrated grommets for cable entry
FP FM 225
Flange
knockouts: 7 x M 16/25, 13 x M 20/25
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
FP FM 232
Flange
knockouts: 8 x M 25/32, 2 x M 25/32/40
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
FP FM 240
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 25/32, 5 x M 25/32/40
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
FP FM 263
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 20, 2 x M 25/32, 2 x M 32/40/50,
1 x M 40/50/63
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
243
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP FG 272
Flange
sealing range: 1 x 30-72 mm
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
FP FG 273
Flange
sealing range: 2 x each 30-72 mm
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
FP FG 282
Cable insert
sealing range: 2 x each 30-72 mm
divisible for cable insertion from the front
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
degree of protection IP 65 only with additional strain and pressure
relief (e.g. FP ZE 272)
FP GS 27
Box fin
for inserting cables across 2 boxes
removable
for box walls 270 mm
can be retrofitted
FP ZE 272
Cable strain relief
for 2 cables with max. 60 mm external
diameter
box size 2 (270 mm)
with fixing screws
FP FG 300
Flange
without knockouts
for box wall 3 (360 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
244
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP FG 331
Flange
sealing range 6-30 mm
sealing range: 22 x 6-13 mm, 6 x 9-17 mm, 2 x 8-23 mm,
1 x 11-30 mm
for box wall 3 (360 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
with integrated grommets for cable entry
FP DB 27
Canopy
for box wall 270 mm
W 270 x D 245 mm
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
FP DB 36
Canopy
for box wall 300 mm
W 360 x D 245 mm
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
Mi DB 01
Canopy end plate
for canopies FP DB xx and Mi DB xx
Application of canopy:
245
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP GV 10
Connector
when converting existing installations
forconnection of enclosures or fixation of flanges
set with 10 pieces
FP PL 3
Facility for sealing
fordoor sealing
can be retrofitted
2 pieces
FP TS 1
Door lock
converting kit to key operation
for subsequent installation in hand operated door locking system
FP TW 1
Tool operation
conversion kit to tool operation
can be retrofitted
FP TW 2
Tool key for double-bit
conversion kit to tool operation
can be retrofitted
FP TW 3
Tool key for triangular lock, 8 mm
conversion kit to tool operation
can be retrofitted
FP TW 4
Tool key for sqare lock, 8 mm
conversion kit to tool operation
can be retrofitted
US 1
Multikey
triangular 8 mm, square 8 mm, double-bit and slot
246
ENYSTAR
Accessories
DS 1
Triangular key 8 mm
FP TA 1
Dust protection cover
for door fasteners after removing the key operation device
can be retrofitted
set with 10 pieces
FP AL 40
4 stainless steel external brackets
for external fixing of enclosures
FP MS 1
Profile for wall mounting
for ENYSTAR distribution board assemblies up to 810 x 1260 mm
with 8 screws, washers and nuts for fastening of enclosures
length 1980 mm
Material sendzimir galvanised steel profile
with structured powder coating
247
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
248
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Operating and Ambient Conditions
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 + 35 C The ambient temperature for enclosures with
electrcal funtions (distribution boards) is reduced
hours + 70 C + 40 C
by the installed equipment technology!
- Maximum value 25 C 5 C
- Minimum value
Relative humidity Adhere to the assembly instructions issued by the 50% at 40 C
- short-time manufacturer. 100% at 25 C
Fire protection Demands placed on electrical devices from standards and laws:
in the event
of internal faults Minimum requirements
- Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11:
- 650 C for boxes and cable glands
- 850 C for conducting components
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test
IEC 60 695-2-11 960 C 960 C
- UL Subject 94 V-2 V-2
ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection
IK 08 (5 Joule) IK 08 (5 Joule)
against mechanical load
halogen-free 1) halogen-free 1)
Toxic behaviour
silicone-free silicone-free
1)
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables - Determination of the
amount of halogen acid gas.
249
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Standards and Requirements
ENYSTAR distribution Distribution boards assembled and wired according to manufacturer data without essential deviations
boards comply with the from the original type or system.
requirements
of the IEC 61 439-3
To meet these requirements for Hensel ENYSTAR Distribution boards, the following must be noted:
1. The distribution boards must consist of the veried enclosures documented in this list.
2. The wiring of the equipment must be carried out with the cross-sections and con-
ductor types indicated in Table Rating of insulated conductors in switchgear assemblies,
Index Technics.
3. Once the distribution board is completed, a routine test must be carried out in accordance with
this standard.
- DIN EN 50 262
Metric threaded cable glands for electrical installations
- DIN 43 880
Built-in equipment for electrical installations; overall dimensions
and related mounting dimensions
250
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Power Dissipation of Empty Boxes
Single enclosures
J box box box box
size 1 size 2 size 3 * size 4 *
40 K
35 K
30 K
25 K
20 K
15 K
10 K
5K
10W 20W 30W 40W 50W 60W 70W 80W 90W 100W
Assembled enclosures
J box box box box
size 1 size 2 size 3 * size 4 *
40 K
35 K
30 K
25 K
20 K
15 K
10 K
5K
10W 20W 30W 40W 50W 60W 70W 80W 90W 100W
251
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Power Dissipation of Empty Boxes
Note!
The maximally permissible operating temperature inside the enclosures (imax)
is determined by:
1st Maximally permissible ambient temperature of the installed electrical devices (please consider data of the
equipment manufacturers)
2nd Category temperature of the internal wiring and the inserted cables
3rd Temperatur resistance of the enclosure materials and the cable entries etc.
252
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Dimensions in mm
263
263
366
366
306
306
280
280
340
340
160
160
186
186
126
126
100
100
83
83
5
5
5
5
25 93 25 93 25 93 25 93
FP 0141 140 FP 0241 140 FP 0101 140 FP 0211 140
546
520
486
443
546
520
486
443
546
520
486
443
190
190
190
190
5
5
5
5
25 93 25 93 25 93 25 93
140 140 140 140
FP 0341 FP 0461 FP 0311 FP 0411
FP 0351 FP 0471 FP 0331 FP 0431
546 186 546 163
520 113 25 520 113 25
486 25 486 25
80 80
443 443
263
263
366
280
366
280
306
306
340
= usable 340
5
5
installation
space 25 93 25 93
140 140
FP 0441 FP 0401
FP 0451 FP 0421
160
180
180
126
126
100
100
83
83
5
25 93 25 93
140 140
540
520
486
443
540
520
486
443
FP 0140 FP 0100
FP 0150 FP 0120
190
190
216 25 216 25
80 80
173 25 93 173 25 93
140 140
FP 0340 FP 0310
FP 0350 FP 0330
263
360
306
280
340
263
360
306
280
340
5
25 93 25 93
FP 0240 140 FP 0210 140
FP 0250 FP 0230
540 186 540 163
520 113 25 520 113 25
486 25 486 25
80 80
443 443
263
360
280
306
263
340
360
280
306
340
5
25 93 FP 0440 25 93 FP 0400
140 FP 0450 140 FP 0420
253
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly of Enclosures
Combination of enclosures
with connectors and wall At this point a wall separator is nec-
essary for the enclosure combination.
separators
box size 4
box size 1
box size 2
box size 3
box size 1
box size 1
box size 3
box size 1
box size 1
box size 1
box size 3
box size 2
254
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly of Enclosures
Combination
with connectors and wall
separators
Assembly of enclosures
quickly and easily.
Congurator ENYGUIDE
supports project
engineering
ENYGUIDE gures out
independently the necessary
accessories like the number
of wall separators.
(Wall separators are red co-
loured in the drawing.)
www.enyguide.eu
255
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Wall Mounting
External brackets
made from stainless steel
for external box xing
FP AL 40 (4 pieces)
20 5
10
10
32
27
37
Mounting prole
for wall-mounting of ENYSTAR
distribution boards,
steel prole, length 1980 mm
FP MS 1
Fixing matrix of 35 90
mounting prole
10,5
43
Note:
Please x mounting prole in vertical position
42
as possible in order to give occation to cable
routing behind the assembly.
Transport
Regarding transportation it is recommendable to protect the assembly
against deection. For that please screw the assembly to a solid timber.
256
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 1:
Assembly of enclosures
according to layout
Step 2:
Removal of the frames
with doors
ENYSTAR is an open enclosure
construction for the quick as-
sembly of distribution boards.
Bases are open in all four
directions. This enables a fast
and efficient assembly to distri-
bution boards.
All gaskets are already integra-
ted. Degree of protection IP 66.
Step 3:
Enclosure connection
All enclosures of the distribu-
tion systems are firmly con-
nected fast and simply with
connectors. Connectors are
attached to the enclosures
always in sufficient number.
257
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 4:
Inserting wall separators
Wall separators are used every-
where, where different sizes of
enclosure walls are combined.
Wall separators provide for
high rigidity and tightness at
the connection points of the
enclosures, degree of protec-
tion IP 66.
Step 5:
Closing of walls via closing
plates
Closing plates are fixed with
enclosure connectors. Two
enclosure connectors are
always included to a closing
plate.
258
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 5:
Installation of cable inserts
Saw the box n. Afterwards
the cable insertion is xed via
enclosure connectors and the
rubber entries can be inserted.
Assembly of box n
Cutting out box walls. Then
insert box n and secure via
wedges.
259
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 6:
Device mounting via mount-
ing plates or DIN rails
Installation devices can be
fixed on mounting plates with
self-threading screws.
Step 7:
Device installation into
covers
Pre-drill the cut-outs at the
corners. Then saw out the
cut-outs from the cover by us-
ing a piercing saw with coarse
toothed saw blades for plastics
(e.g. Bosch T 101B).
Install devices.
260
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 8:
Sealing
Installable in all enclosures,
except for enclosures for
DIN rail mounted devices.
Sealing device is screwed on
enclosure bottom. Drill-out pre-
moulded knockout for sealing
device ( 5 mm) and screw to-
gether cover with door-frame.
Step 9:
Sealing of unused DIN rail
openings in enclosures for
DIN rail equipment with at-
tached blanking strip
Note:
Spare equipment openings in
covers are to be covered with
blanking strips to prevent acci-
dental contact (blanking strips
are attached for 50 % of equip-
ment openings). Circuit breaker
boxes can be tted with any
DIN rail equipment, if per row
(12 modules 12 x 18 mm) the
assigned back-up fuse of 80 A
wont be exceeded.
Locking of the cover in box
for miniature circuit breakers
(MCB).
261
262
Mi Distribution boards
Assembling
videos
Empty enclosures
with transparent lids 282 - 283
Empty enclosures
with opaque lids 284 - 285
264
Mi Distribution boards
Contents
Mi Isolator Boxes
with built-in switch disconnectors 308 - 312
Accessories 312
Empty enclosures
with transparent hinged lids
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly 317 - 318
Empty enclosures
with opaque hinged lids
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly 319 - 320
C
Ambient temperatures
0 0
for distribution boards in accordance with IEC 61 439:
-5 C up to 35 C, max. + 40 C
Environmental
humidity: 50% at 40 C, 100% at 25 C
conditions
Instulated enclosures
Insulation
(Protection class II)
Protection against
Dust-proof
froeign solid objects
Degree of protection IP 65
and direct contact
Material: Polycarbonate
Burning
Glow wire test 960C Dependent on material
in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-1, ame-retardant, self-extinguishing
behaviour
UL Subject 94, V-2
Chemical resistance Resistance against acid 10% and lye 10%, petrol and mineral oil
266
Mi Distribution Boards
System Description
Enclosure System:
Mi Distribution boards are particulary suitable
Covers made from thermoplastic
for the application in challenging industrial
and demanding ambient conditions and Covers with protected and captive marking labels
difcult environments. Cover plates for mounting electrical equipment
Large wall openings enable the wiring within the distribution boards
Cable entry via metric knockouts in all box walls,
via anges with metric knockouts or elastic membranes
or cable inserts with up to 74 mm cable diameter
Wall xing right away in the boxes, via external brackets or via mounting proles
Facility for lead seal and locking
Hinges for lids and heavy-duty hinge joints for operating installation device within a
large area
Connection Box for the installation of devices that must be operated externally,
such as plugs, pushbuttons and switches
Mi Distribution boards are dust and water- Mi empty boxes and single empty boxes conform to the
resistant and can withstand the highest RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC
loads.
Mi Distribution boards
modular enclosure system
in grid of 150 mm
5 enclosure sizes:
Box
150 x 300 mm, size
300 x 300 mm,
450 x 300 mm,
600 x 300 mm and Box
size
600 x 600 mm
for the assembly of type-
tested Box
size
low-voltage switchgear
assemblies
up to 630 A Box
size
Enclosures can be used as
well as single boxes.
Box
size
concerned. Wall 2
All box walls are listed in the 2 x M 20
10 x M 25
fold-out of the coverpages.
1 x M 32/40
Wall 3
2 4 x M 25
3 x M 40/50
5 Wall 5
3 Wall 4
1 x M 20
4 x M 25
1 x M 32/40
3 x M 40/50
Wall 5
8 x M 32
4 x M 40/50
268
Mi Distribution Boards
System Benets
Weight light
Subsequent handling (such as openings) easy
Transparent lids standard offer
partial opening range
Operating area
via lids of individual enclosures
Adaptability to location by arrangement of modular enclosures
in all directions by combinable
Combinability / Expandability
enclosures including electrical functions
immediately with standard modules and
Availability in the market
accessories
Application:
Motor Control Centre based
on Mi System
This Motor Control Centre
installed in a big paper mill
consists of 33 feeders rang-
ing from 2.2 kW to 50 kW
including complete wiring with
main incomer of 630 A.
Application:
Removable DIN rail rack for in-
tegrated earth bounding in each
Mi Circuit breaker box.
Integrated earth bounding in each circuit Cable entry for armoured cables via metal glands
breaker box
269
Mi Distribution boards
System Design
Application Examples
Combinable and
extendable in all directions
Application examples
270
Mi Distribution boards
System Design
Application Examples
Combinable and
extendable in all directions
Application examples
271
Mi Distribution boards
Empty Boxes
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Equipment can be installed via DIN rails Equipment can be installed via mounting Installation of equipment in cover plates
which are fastened on spacers plates as well
Boxes can be assembled to larger units Blanking strips (attached) for unused Facilities for earth connection according
sections in equipment openings of to British Standard
protection covers
272
Mi Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes with Transparent Lid
Mi 0100 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 125 x D 150 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
150
box size 1
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
with transparent lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0200 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x T 150 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
300
box size 2
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
with transparent lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0210 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x D 195 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
300
box size 2
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
with transparent lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0220 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x D 119 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 115 mm, 300
239 182
with built-in DIN rail 104 mm
box size 2
300
228
Mi 0300 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 425 x D 150 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 3
450
273
Mi Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes with Transparent Lid
Mi 0310 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 425 x D 195 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 3
450
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
with transparent lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0400 2
5 Wall 5
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 575 x D 150 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 4
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
600
with transparent lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0410 2
5 Wall 5
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 575 x D 195 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 4
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
600
with transparent lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0800
Built-in dimensions W 575 x H 575 x D 150 mm
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 600 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 8
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
600
274
Mi Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes with Opaque Lid
Mi 0101 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 125 x D 150 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
150
box size 1
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
with opaque lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0201 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x T 150 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, with built-in 300 170
DIN rail 135 mm
300
box size 2
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
with opaque lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0211 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x D 195 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
300
box size 2
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
with opaque lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0221 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x D 119 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 115 mm, 300
239 182
with built-in DIN rail 104 mm
box size 2
300
228
Mi 0301 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 425 x D 150 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, with built-in 300 170
DIN rail 135 mm
box size 3
450
275
Mi Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes with Opaque Lid
Mi 0311 2
4 Wall 4
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 425 x D 195 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 3
450
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
with opaque lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0401 2
5 Wall 5
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 575 x D 150 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 4
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
600
with opaque lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0411 2
5 Wall 5
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 575 x D 195 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 4
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
600
with opaque lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0801
Built-in dimensions W 575 x H 575 x D 150 mm
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 600 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 8
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
600
276
Mi Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Mi 1109 2
1 Wall 1
9 modules: 1 x 9 x 18 mm 2
150
PE/N 2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu each
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1112 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
150
per PE/N 10 x 16 mm, Cu
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1224 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
300
per PE/N 3 x 25 mm, 12 x 4 mm, Cu
N separable for various potentials
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1220 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
2-row 300
239 182
with hinged lid
N PE
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N
300
228
Mi 1336 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
277
Mi Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Mi 1448 2
5 Wall 5
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 3
600
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1456 5
2 Wall 3
56 modules: 2 x 28 x 18 mm 5
300
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
N separable for various potentials
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
DIN rail rack can be earthed
Mi 1884
84 modules: 3 x 28 x 18 mm
3-row 600 170
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N N PE
Assembly example:
Removable DIN rail rack for earth connection
278
Mi Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Mi 1111 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
150
hinged flap lockable with accessories
with screw-type terminals for PE/N, for copper conductors
per PE/N 10 x 16 mm, Cu
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1222 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
300
hinged flap lockable with accessories
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N
per PE/N 3 x 25 mm, 12 x 4 mm, Cu
N separable for various potentials
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1333 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
450
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
N separable for various potentials
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1444 2
5 Wall 5
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 3
279
Mi Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Mi 1115 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
150
order PE/N terminals separately
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1225 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
300
order PE/N terminals separately
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1226 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
300
228
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1335 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
Mi 1440 2
5 Wall 5
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 3
280
Mi Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Mi 1455 5
2 Wall 3
56 modules: 2 x 28 x 18 mm 5
300
order PE/N terminals separately
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
Mi 1885
84 modules: 3 x 28 x 18 mm
without PE and N terminal
3-row 600 170
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
order PE/N terminals separately
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
600
lid fasteners for hand operation
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
cable entry only possible via flange
Assembly example:
Removable DIN rail rack for earth connection
281
Mi Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Mi 1117 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
150
hinged flap lockable with accessories
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
order PE/N terminals separately
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1227 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
300
hinged flap lockable with accessories
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
order PE/N terminals separately
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1337 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
450
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
order PE/N terminals separately
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1443 2
5 Wall 5
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 3
Mi 1445 2
5 Wall 5
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 3
282
Mi Distribution Boards
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Mi 1281 2
3 Wall 3
6 modules: 1 x 6 x 18 mm 2
300
protection cover can be sealed, with lockable cover strip
lid fasteners for hand operation
PEN 2x 25mm, 2 x 16mm, Cu
Note:
Prepared for the installation of currently commercially available miniature circuit-breakers (MDB)
283
Mi Distribution Boards
Meter Box
Mi 2200 2
3 Wall 3
max. installation depth: 146 mm 2
300
for meters with three-point mounting
lid fasteners for tool operation
can be sealed twice
Mi 2300 2
4 Wall 4
max. installation depth: 146 mm 2
450
lid fasteners for tool operation
can be sealed twice
Mi 2310 2
4 Wall 4
max. installation depth: 190 mm 2
450
lid fasteners for tool operation
can be sealed twice
Mi 2400 2
5 Wall 5
max. installation depth: 146 mm 3
Mi 2410 2
5 Wall 5
max. installation depth: 190 mm 3
284
Mi Distribution Boards
Meter Box
Mi 2413 2
5 Wall 5
max. installation depth: 190 mm 3
600
standard opening dimensions 140 x 310 mm
use in unmetered area after consultation with local
power supply companies
for meters with three-point mounting
lid fasteners for tool operation
can be sealed twice
Mi 2420 2
5 Wall 5
max. installation depth: 146 mm 3
600
for meters with three-point mounting
lid fasteners for tool operation
can be sealed twice
Mi 2800
max. installation depth: 146 mm
with 3 KWH meter supports and DIN rail
cable entry only possible via flange 600 170
use in unmetered area after consultation with local
power supply companies
for meters with three-point mounting
600
Mi 2820
max. installation depth: 146 mm
with 3 KWH meter supports, hinged flap
(12 modules)
hinged flap with protection cover for 12 modules (1 x 12 x 18 mm) 600 192
and associated DIN rail
use in unmetered area after consultation with local
power supply companies
600
285
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse box with fuse elements, 3-pole,
in accordance with IEC 60 269
Mi 6212 3
2 Wall 2
1 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
1 terminal per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
with cover
outgoings at the top
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6213 3
2 Wall 2
1 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
PE
286
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse box with fuse elements, 3-pole,
in accordance with IEC 60 269
Mi 6214 3
2 Wall 2
1 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
1 terminal per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
with cover
outgoings at the top
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6422 5
2 Wall 3
2 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
2 terminals per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
with cover
outgoings at the top
lid fasteners for tool operation
287
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse box with fuse elements, 3-pole,
in accordance with IEC 60 269
Mi 6423 5
2 Wall 3
2 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, PE
Mi 6424 5
2 Wall 3
2 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
2 terminals per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
with cover
outgoings at the top
lid fasteners for tool operation
288
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse box with fuse elements, 3-pole,
in accordance with IEC 60 269
Mi 6432 5
2 Wall 3
3 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
3 terminals per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
with cover
outgoings at the top
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6433 5
2 Wall 3
3 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, PE
289
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse box with fuse elements, 3-pole,
in accordance with IEC 60 269
Mi 6434 5
2 Wall 3
3 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
Mi 6461 5
2 Wall 3
4 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data) PE
290
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse box with fuse elements, 3-pole,
in accordance with IEC 60 269
Mi 6462 5
2 Wall 3
4 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu (for terminal techno- PE
Mi 6463 5
2 Wall 3
4 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
291
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse box with fuse elements, 3-pole,
in accordance with IEC 60 269
Mi 6474 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 3
600
PE
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N terminals
1 terminal per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
maximum rated current use of fuses: 250 A
can be combined with Mi-Busbar boxes 250 A or 400 A
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6475 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 3
600
PE
with PE and N terminals
1 terminal per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
maximum rated current use of fuses: 250 A
can be combined with Mi-Busbar boxes 630 A
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6476 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 2, 3pole 3
PE
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N terminals
1 terminal per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
maximum rated current use of fuses: 400 A
can be combined with Mi-Busbar boxes 250 A or 400 A
lid fasteners for tool operation
292
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse box with fuse elements, 3-pole,
in accordance with IEC 60 269
Mi 6477 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 2, 3pole 3
600
PE
with PE and N terminals
1 terminal per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
maximum rated current use of fuses: 400 A
can be combined with Mi-Busbar boxes 630 A
lid fasteners for tool operation
293
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors
with fuse switch disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 6226 3
2 Wall 2
1 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
1 terminal per PE+N
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6227 3
2 Wall 2
1 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
PE
294
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors
with fuse switch disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 6228 3
2 Wall 2
1 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, terminals for incoming
terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
1 terminal per PE+N
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6265 3
2 Wall 2
2 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu without supply cable
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
2 terminals per PE+N
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover
lid fasteners for tool operation
295
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors
with fuse switch disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 6266 3
2 Wall 2
2 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu without supply cable
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
2 terminals per PE+N
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6267 3
2 Wall 2
2 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu without supply cable
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
2 terminals per PE+N
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover
lid fasteners for tool operation
296
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors
with fuse switch disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 6426 5
2 Wall 3
2 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
2 terminals per PE+N
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6427 5
2 Wall 3
2 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, terminals for incoming PE
297
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors
with fuse switch disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 6428 5
2 Wall 3
2 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
2 terminals per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6436 5
2 Wall 3
3 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
3 terminals per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover
lid fasteners for tool operation
298
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors
with fuse switch disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 6437 5
2 Wall 3
3 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, PE
Mi 6438 5
2 Wall 3
3 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
3 terminals per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover
lid fasteners for tool operation
299
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors
with fuse switch disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 6465 5
2 Wall 3
4 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu without supply cable
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data) PE
Mi 6466 5
2 Wall 3
4 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu without supply cable PE
300
Mi Distribution Boards
HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors
with fuse switch disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 6467 5
2 Wall 3
4 x HRC 00, 3-pole 5
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu without supply cable
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data) PE
Mi 6478 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 3
600
PE
Mi 6479 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 3
301
Mi Distribution Boards
Busbar Box
for combination with fuse Boxes
Mi 6252 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 250 A 3
300
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors PE
Mi 6255 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 400 A 3
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
distance between busbar supports to be equipped: 225 mm PE
Mi 6256 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 630 A} 3
conductors
without supply cable
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6352 2
4 Wall 4
Busbar rated current: 250 A 2
conductors
without supply cable
lid fasteners for tool operation
302
Mi Distribution Boards
Busbar Box
for combination with fuse Boxes
Mi 6355 2
4 Wall 4
Busbar rated current: 400 A 2
450
distance between busbar supports to be equipped: 225 mm PE
Mi 6356 2
4 Wall 4
Busbar rated current: 630 A 2
450
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the PE
phase conductors
without supply cable
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6457 2
5 Wall 5
Busbar rated current: 250 A 3
PE
phase conductors
without supply cable
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6458 2
5 Wall 5
Busbar rated current: 400 A 3
PE
303
Mi Distribution Boards
Busbar Box
for combination with fuse Boxes
Mi 6459 2
5 Wall 5
Busbar rated current: 630 A 3
600
PE
phase conductors
without supply cable
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6452 5
2 Wall 3
Busbar rated current: 250 A 5
300
distance between busbar supports to be equipped: 450 mm
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the PE
phase conductors
without supply cable
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6455 5
2 Wall 3
Busbar rated current: 400 A 5
Mi 6456 5
2 Wall 3
Busbar rated current: 630 A} 5
phase conductors
without supply cable
lid fasteners for tool operation
304
Mi Distribution Boards
Busbar Box
for combination with fuse Boxes
Mi 6852
Busbar rated current: 250 A
busbar 5-pole, dimensions busbars: L1-L3: 12 x 10 mm, 600 170
N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
distance between busbar supports to be equipped: 450 mm
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
600
PE
phase conductors
without supply cable
cable entry only possible via flange
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 6855
Busbar rated current: 400 A
Busbar 5-pole, 600 170
N
Dimensions busbars:
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
distance between busbar supports to be equipped: 450 mm
600
PE
Mi 6856
Busbar rated current: 630 A
Busbar 5-pole, Dimensions busbars: L1-L3: 30 x 10 mm, 600 170
N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
distance between busbar supports to be equipped: 450 mm
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
600
PE
phase conductors
without supply cable
cable entry only possible via flange
lid fasteners for tool operation
305
Mi Distribution Boards
Busbar Boxes
prepared for Miniature Circuit-Breakers (MCB)
Mi 6202 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 250 A 3
300
with busbar adapter for miniature circuit-breakers (MCB) up to 63 A
rated current PE
Mi 6204 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 400 A 3
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
with busbar adapter for miniature circuit-breakers (MCB) up to PE
63 A rated current
for mounting on DIN rail
with 1 x PE terminal and 3 x N terminals 1.5 - 16 mm
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
cut-out of 6 modules
protection cover can be sealed
with lockable blanking strips
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 6206 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 630 A 3
306
Mi Distribution Boards
Busbar Boxes
prepared for Miniature Circuit-Breakers (MCB)
Mi 6203 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 250 A 3
300
with 2 adapters for miniature circuit breakers (MCB) up to 63 A
rated current PE
Mi 6205 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 400 A 3
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
with 2 adapters for miniature circuit breakers (MCB) up to 63 A PE
rated current
for mounting on DIN rail
with 2 x PE terminals and 6 x N terminals 1.5 -16 mm
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
cut-out 2 x 6 modules
protection cover can be sealed
with lockable blanking strips
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 6207 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 630 A 3
307
Mi Distribution Boards
Mi Isolator Boxes
with built-in Switch Disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 7103 1
2 Wall 2
63 A 1
3-pole PE + N
connection: 2,5-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 216
150 170
with PE and N for copper conductors
lid fasteners for tool operation
300
lockable handle N PE
switching capacity 30 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 80 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
Mi 7104 1
2 Wall 2
63 A 1
4-polig PE
connection: 2,5-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 216
150 170
with PE terminals for copper conductors
lid fasteners for tool operation
300
lockable handle PE
switching capacity 30 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 80 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
Mi 7213 3
2 Wall 2
100 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: 10-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 216
300 170
with PE and N for copper conductors
lid fasteners for tool operation
lockable handle 300
N PE
switching capacity 45 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 100 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
Mi 7214 3
2 Wall 2
100 A 3
4-polig PE
connection: 10-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 216
300 170
with PE terminals for copper conductors
lid fasteners for tool operation
300
lockable handle
PE
switching capacity 45 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 100 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
308
Mi Distribution Boards
Mi Isolator Boxes
with built-in Switch Disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 7256 3
2 Wall 2
160 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: 6-70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 239
300 170
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
300
lid fasteners for tool operation
N PE
lockable handle
switching capacity 80 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 160 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 500 V
tightening torque for terminal 3.0 Nm terminal connection with
saddle clamping unit
10.0 Nm screw connection M8
Mi 7257 3
2 Wall 2
160 A 3
4-polig PE
connection: 6-70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 239
300 170
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE terminals for copper conductors
300
lid fasteners for tool operation
PE
lockable handle
switching capacity 80 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 160 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 500 V
tightening torque for terminal 3.0 Nm terminal connection with
saddle clamping unit
10.0 Nm screw connection M8
Mi 7456 2
5 Wall 5
160 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: 6-70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 239
300 170
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
lid fasteners for tool operation
600
lockable handle
N PE
switching capacity 80 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 160 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 500 V
tightening torque for terminal 3.0 Nm terminal connection with
saddle clamping unit
10.0 Nm screw connection M8
309
Mi Distribution Boards
Mi Isolator Boxes
with built-in Switch Disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 7457 2
5 Wall 5
160 A 3
4-polig PE
connection: 6-70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 239
300 170
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE terminals for copper conductors
lid fasteners for tool operation
600
lockable handle
PE
switching capacity 80 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 160 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 500 V
tightening torque for terminal 3.0 Nm terminal connection with
saddle clamping unit
10.0 Nm screw connection M8
Mi 7455 2
5 Wall 5
250 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 150 mm per phase) 239
300 170
or VA 400 + Mi VS 250
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
600
lid fasteners for tool operation
lockable handle N PE
Mi 7454 2
5 Wall 5
250 A 3
4-polig PE
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 150 mm per phase) 239
300 170
or VA 400 + Mi VS 250
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE terminals for copper conductors
600
310
Mi Distribution Boards
Mi Isolator Boxes
with built-in Switch Disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 7445 2
5 Wall 5
400 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 240 mm per phase) or VA 400 + 239
300 170
Mi VS 400 (for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
lid fasteners for tool operation
600
lockable handle PE
N
switching capacity 220 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 400 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 500 V
tightening torque for terminal 20,0 Nm
Mi 7846
400 A
4-polig PE
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 240 mm je Phase) or VA 400 + 239
600 170
Mi VS 400}
with PE terminals for copper conductors
cable entry only possible via flange
600
lid fasteners for tool operation
lockable handle PE
Mi 7865
630 A
3-pole PE + N
connection L1 - L3: M 12 / VA 630 + Mi VS 630 239
600 170
connection PE + N: 1 x 120-300 / 2 x 95-185, Cu / Mi VS 630
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with removable jumper between PE and N N PE
600
311
Mi Distribution Boards
Mi Isolator Boxes
with built-in Switch Disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 7866
630 A
4-polig PE
connection L1 - L3, N: M 12 / VA 630 + Mi VS 630, 239
600 170
connection PE: M 10 / VA 400 + Mi Mi VS 400
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE terminals for copper conductors
600
cable entry only possible via flange
lid fasteners for tool operation PE
lockable handle
Mi DA 72
Terminal Set for direct Connection to Equipment
max. 1 x 300 mm, Cu/Alu, 3-pole
terminal for copper and aluminium conductors
set with 3 pieces
rated connecting capacity:
1 x 120-300 mm s / f (round)
1 x 120-300 mm s (sector)
1 x 120-185 mm sol (sector)
2 x 70-150 mm s / f (round)
2 x 95-150 mm s (sektor)
2 x 70 mm sol (round)
2 x 95-150 mm sol (sector)
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-
up and after the first 200 operation hours.
for the connection of switch disconnector 630 A (Mi 7865)
width: 61 mm
312
Mi Distribution Boards
Changeover switch boxes(I-0-II)
with built-in changeover switches in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Network changeover switches (I-0-II) from Hensel Functional circuit diagram for a stand-by power supply in the TN system
reliably switch over to a stand-by power source Component nicht
non-eligible for
notstromberechtigter notstromberechtigter
Component eligible for
emergency power supply
Anlagenteil Anlagenteil
Network changeover switches are required as emergency power supply
no synchronisation is required.
Generator
Generator-protective
Schutzschalter
switch
kWh
Generatorsternpunkt
Connect the genera-
undneutral
tor Gehuseerdung
point and
mit der Haupterdungs-
G housing earthing
schiene verbinden
to
the main earthing rail
Haupterdungsschiene
Main earthing rail
VNB
Mi 7481 2
5 Wall 5
160 A 3
4-polig PE
connection: 6-70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 324
300 255
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE terminals for copper conductors
Connection public power grid and substitute power supply from
600
below, above consumer system, changeable
I
II
kind of switch: I - 0 - II PE
switching capacity 80 kW
maximum back-up fuse 160 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 500 V
tightening torque for terminal 3.0 Nm terminal connection with
saddle clamping unit
10.0 Nm screw connection M8
Mi 7882
250 A
4-polig PE
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 150 mm per phase) 324
600 255
or VA 400 + Mi VS 250
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
with PE terminals for copper conductors
600
Connection public power grid and substitute power supply from
below, above consumer system, changeable PE
kind of switch: I - 0 - II
lid fasteners for tool operation
lockable handle
314
Mi Distribution Boards
Mi MCCB Circuit-Breaker Boxes
with Circuit-Breaker in accordance with EN 60 947-2
Mi 7431 2
5 Wall 5
160 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: 70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 262
300 214
with PE and N for copper conductors
MCCB with overload and short-circuit release
lid fasteners for tool operation
600
lockable handle
N PE
Mi 7432 2
5 Wall 5
250 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: 150 mm, Cu or Mi VS 250 262
300 214
with PE and N for copper conductors
MCCB with overload and short-circuit release
lid fasteners for tool operation
600
lockable handle
N PE
Mi 7434 2
5 Wall 5
400 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: M 10 / VA 400 + Mi VS 400 (for terminal technology 262
300 214
refer to index technical data)
with PE and N for copper conductors
MCCB with overload and short-circuit release
600
315
Mi Distribution Boards
Mi MCCB Circuit-Breaker Boxes
with Circuit-Breaker in accordance with EN 60 947-2
Mi 7836
630 A
3-pole PE + N
connection L1 - L3: M 10 / VA 630 + Mi VS 630 347
600 255
connection PE + N: 1 x 120-300 / 2 x 95-185, Cu / Mi VS 630
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
N PE
with removable jumper between PE and N
600
MCCB with overload and short-circuit release
cable entry only possible via flange
lid fasteners for tool operation
lockable handle
316
Mi Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes
with hinged, transparent Lid
Mi 9100 1
2 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 125 x H 275 x D 150 mm 1
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 165
150 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 1
300
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
trilaterally combinable
lid hinges attached
with transparent, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9200 3
2 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x T 150 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, with built-in 315
300 170
DIN rail 135 mm
box size 2
300
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with transparent, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9210 3
2 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x D 195 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 315
300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 2
300
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with transparent, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9300 2
4 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 425 x D 150 2
mm
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 315
300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 3
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
450
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with transparent, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
317
Mi Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes
with hinged, transparent Lid
Mi 9310 2
4 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 425 x D 195 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 315
300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 3
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
450
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with transparent, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9400 2
5 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 575 x D 150 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 315
300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 4
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
trilaterally combinable
600
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with transparent, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9410 2
5 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 575 x D 195 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 300
300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 4
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly 600
lid hinges attached
with transparent, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
318
Mi Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes with hinged, opaque Lid
Mi 9101 1
2 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 125 x H 275 x D 150 mm 1
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 165
150 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 1
300
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with opaque, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9201 3
2 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x T 150 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 315
300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 2
300
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with opaque, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9211 3
2 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x D 195 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 315
300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 2
300
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with opaque, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9301 2
4 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 425 x D 150 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 315
300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 3
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
450
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with opaque, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
319
Mi Distribution Boards
Empty Boxes with hinged, opaque Lid
Mi 9311 2
4 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 425 x D 195 mm 2
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 315
300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 3
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
450
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with opaque, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9401 2
5 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 575 x D 150 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, 315
300 170
with built-in DIN rail 135 mm
box size 4
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
trilaterally combinable
600
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
lid hinges attached
with opaque, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 9411 2
5 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 575 x D 195 mm 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 191 mm, 300
300 214
with built-in DIN rail 180 mm
box size 4
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
trilaterally combinable
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly 600
lid hinges attached
with opaque, hinged lid
lid fasteners for tool operation
320
Mi Distribution boards
Accessories
321
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi CB 10
Connection Box
for the installation of devices that must be operated externally, 300 170
240 135
such as plug devices, push buttons and switches
150
for mounting to box walls 300 mm 125
hinged mounting area 45
with wall gasket
Example:
The Connection Box allows a simple and fast installation of devices that must be operated
externally.
322
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi ZR 4
Extension frame
for enclosure size 4
for extension of the installation depth by 85 mm 300 85
degree of protection IP 65 is maintained with use of up to two
extension frames
inclusive fixing material
600
Mi ZR 8
Extension frame
for enclosure size 8
for extension of the installation depth by 85 mm 600 85
degree of protection IP 65 is maintained with use of up to two
extension frames
inclusive fixing material
600
Mi TS 15
DIN rail
length 134 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715 15
134
for Mi Empty box size 1
35
for equipment or terminals with clip-on mounting
with fixing screws
Mi TS 30
DIN rail
length 284 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715 15
284
for Mi empty box sizes 1 to 8
35
Mi TS 45
DIN rail
length 434 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715 15
434
for Mi empty box size 3
35
Mi TS 60
DIN rail
length 584 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715 15
584
for Mi empty box sizes 4 and 8
35
323
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi DS 25
Spacer
height: 25 mm
forspacing DIN-rails Mi TS ..
2 pieces
with fixing screws for base of box and DIN rail
Mi DS 50
Spacer
height: 50 mm
forspacing DIN-rails Mi TS ..
2 pieces
with fixing screws for base of box and DIN rail
324
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi MP 1
Mounting plate
W 259 x H 115 mm
material thickness 4 mm 259
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 1, 2, 3, 4
115
with fixing screws
Mi MP 2
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 265 mm
material thickness 4 mm 265
265
with fixing screws
Mi MP 3
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 415 mm
material thickness 4 mm 265
415
Mi MP 4
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 565 mm
material thickness 4 mm 265
565
Mi MP 8
Mounting plate
W 565 x H 565 mm
material thickness 4 mm 565
Mi BZ 11
Fixing screw
length 11 mm
for assembling DIN rails or mounting plates at the base of the box
for material thicknesses of 1 to 2.5 mm
self-tapping
galvanised
Mi BZ 13
Fixing screw
length 13 mm
for assembling DIN rails or mounting plates at the base of the box
for material thicknesses of 2.5 to 4 mm
self-tapping
galvanised
325
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi EP 01
Cover
for Mi Empty box size 1
for retrofitting 136
cover without cut-outs made of plastics, as protection cover or
39
286
for the installation of devices
109
with fastening material
Mi EP 02
Cover
for Mi Empty box size 2
for retrofitting 286
cover without cut-outs made of plastics, as protection cover or
39
286
for the installation of devices
109
with fastening material
Mi EP 04
Cover
for Mi Empty box size 4
for retrofitting 286
cover without cut-outs made of plastics, as protection cover or
for the installation of devices
with fastening material
586
39
109
Mi SS 22
Busbar 12 x 5 mm
length2400 mm
conductor material: Cu
busbar rated current 250 A as N/PE, 400 A as PE, with ENYSTAR as L1, L2, L3, N and PE 250 A
Mi SS 25
Busbar 12 x 10 mm
length2400 mm
conductor material: Cu
busbar rated current 250 A as L1-L3, 400 A as N, 630 A as PE
Mi SS 40
Busbar 20 x 10 mm
length2400 mm
conductor material: Cu
busbar rated current 400 A as L1-L3
326
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi SS 45
Busbar 25 x 10 mm
length2400 mm
conductor material: Cu
busbar rated current 630 A as N
Mi SS 63
Busbar 30 x 10 mm
length2400 mm
conductor material: Cu
busbar rated current 630 A as L1-L3
Mi ST 25
Busbar support
for busbars 250 A, 5-pole
centreline spacing of busbars: 60 mm
for Installation in Mi empty boxes
for busbars 12 x 10 mm (L1 - L3)
for busbars 12 x 5 mm, 250 A (N+PE)
with fixing screws
Mi ST 41
Busbar support
for busbars 400 A, 5-pole
centreline spacing of busbars: 60 mm
for Installation in Mi empty boxes
for busbars 20 x 10 mm (L1 - L3)
for busbars 12 x 10 mm (N)
for busbars 12 x 5 mm (PE)
with fixing screws
Mi ST 63
Busbar support
for busbars 630 A, 5-pole
centreline spacing of busbars: 60 mm
for Installation in Mi empty boxes
for busbars 30 x 10 mm (L1 - L3)
for busbars 25 x 10 mm (N)
for busbars 12 x 10 mm (PE)
with fixing screws
327
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Terminals for direct Connection on Busbar
Note: To comply the insulation resistance there must be an air gab of 10 mm between different potentials and to inactive, conductive metal
parts 15 mm.
328
Mi fuse boxes Mi HRC fuse boxes, Fuse bases and Mi Busbar boxes
Diazed/Neozed Fuse switch disconnectors
NH00
1) N 1) N N
NH00 NH00
PE PE PE PE PE PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3
PE PE PE
1) N 1) 1) N 1) N
NH00 NH00
PE PE PE PE PE PE
1) 1) N 1) N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3
PE PE PE
1) N 1) N N
NH00 NH00
PE PE PE PE PE PE
1) 1) N 1) N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3
PE PE PE
1) N 1) N
NH00 NH00
PE PE PE PE
1) 1) N 1) N N N
NH00 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3
PE PE
N N
L1
L2
L3
PE PE PE
N N
L1
L2
L3
PE PE PE
N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
1) Terminals included with supply of the boxes with electrical function, see description of the boxes.
329
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi VS 100
Wiring strip
Rated current: 100 A
forconnections of 100 A between busbars and built-in equipment
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be observed
length 2000 mm
number of sheets: 3 pieces
width: 9 mm
material thickness per sheet 0.8 mm
Mi VS 160
Wiring strip
Rated current: 160 A
forconnections of 160 A between busbars and built-in equipment
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be observed
length 2000 mm
sheets: 6 pieces
width: 9 mm
material thickness per sheet 0.8 mm
Mi VS 250
Wiring strip
Rated current: 250 A
forconnections of 250 A between busbars and built-in equipment
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be observed
length 2000 mm
sheets: 6 pieces
width: 15.5 mm
material thickness per sheet 0.8 mm
Mi VS 400
Wiring strip
Rated current: 400 A
forconnections of 400 A between busbars and built-in equipment
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be observed
length 2000 mm
sheets: 10 pieces
width: 15.5 mm
material thickness per sheet 0.8 mm
Mi VS 630
Wiring strip
Rated current: 630 A
forconnections of 630 A between busbars and built-in equipment
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be observed
length 2000 mm
number of sheets: 11 pieces
width: 20 mm
material thickness per sheet 1 mm
330
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
VA 400
Wiring terminal up to 400 A
terminalfor direct connection of laminated copper wiring strip (Mi VS 250 and Mi VS 400)
up to 400 A
onto switchgear with flat contact M10
VA 630
Wiring terminal up to 630 A
terminalfor direct connection of laminated copper wiring strip
(Mi VS 630) up to 630 A
onto 630 A switchgears with M10 / M12
DA 240
Terminal for direct connection up to 400 A
max. 240 mm
for mounting onto switchgear with flat contact M10
with insulating cover
rated connecting capacity: 35-70 mm s (round),Cu/Alu 50-185 mm s (sector),
Cu/Alu 35-50 mm sol, Cu/Alu 70-240 mm sol (sector) Cu/Alu
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. The terminal is maintenance-free, that means a re-check of the torque is not required.
Mi DA 72
Terminal set for direct connection to equipment
max. 1 x 300 mm, Cu/Alu, 3-pole
terminal for copper and aluminium conductors
set with 3 pieces
rated connecting capacity:
1 x 120-300 mm s / f (round)
1 x 120-300 mm s (sector)
1 x 120-185 mm sol (sector)
2 x 70-150 mm s / f (round)
2 x 95-150 mm s (sektor)
2 x 70 mm sol (round)
2 x 95-150 mm sol (sector)
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before
start-up and after the first 200 operation hours.
for the connection of switch disconnector 630 A (Mi 7865)
width: 61 mm
331
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi HS 20
Auxiliary contact
2 changeover contacts for retrofitting on
switch disconnectors 160-630 A
rated current: 6 A
2-pole
connection with flat connector 6.3 mm
MK 0107
Auxiliary changeover contact
for circuit-breakers 16-630 A
rated current: 6 A
1-pole
The auxiliary switches can report different functions depending on their mounting location in the
circuit-breaker.
circuit breaker 160/250 A = 2x ON/OFF signal + 1x tripping signal
circuit-breaker 400/630 A = 3x ON/OFF signal + 1x tripping signal + 1x electric error signal
MK 0106
Open-circuit shunt release
for circuit-breakers 16-630 A
AC 50/60 Hz, 200 to 240 V
the main contacts of the circuit-breaker are opened when voltage of more than 0.7 x Un is applied
MK 0105
Undervoltage release
for circuit-breakers 16-630 A
AC 50/60 Hz, 200 to 240 V
when the control voltage drops below 0.35 - 0.7 x Un, the main contacts of the circuit-breaker are
opened
the closing of the contacts can only take place with voltages above 0.85 x Un
332
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
MK 0108
Circuit-breaker terminal for direct connection
1 x 35-300 mm, Cu/Alu, 3polig
for circuit-breakers 400 A and 630 A
set with 3 pieces
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide
film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps, emery paper or
brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub
in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline, and immediately to
be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor
was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be
retightened before start-up and after the first 200 operation hours.
MK 0109
Circuit-breaker terminal for direct connection
2 x 70-240mm, Cu/Alu, 3-pole
for circuit-breakers 400 A and 630 A
set with 3 pieces
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide
film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps, emery paper or
brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub
in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline, and immediately to
be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor
was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be
retightened before start-up and after the first 200 operation hours.
333
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi VE 120
Terminal for incoming/outgoing cables
max. 16-150 mm, Cu/Alu
current carrying capacity: 250 A
4-pole
clamping units per pole: 2 x 16-150 mm, 4 x 16-70 mm
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
outgoing wiring strip Mi VS ..
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-
up and after the first 200 operation hours.
tightening torque for terminal: 20.0 Nm
for the installation in Mi empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
pre-mounted on mounting plate 300 x 300 mm
with fixing screws
Mi VE 125
Terminal for incoming/outgoing cables
max. 16-150 mm, Cu/Alu
current carrying capacity: 250 A
5-pole
clamping units per pole: 2 x 16-150 mm, 4 x 16-70 mm
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
outgoing wiring strip Mi VS ..
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-
up and after the first 200 operation hours.
for the installation in Mi empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
pre-mounted on mounting plate 300 x 300 mm
with fixing screws
Mi VE 240
Terminal for incoming/outgoing cables
max. 25-240 mm, Cu/Alu
4-pole
current carrying capacity: 400 A
incoming or outgoing cables per pole: 2 x 50-240 mm, 4 x 25-120 mm
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
outgoing wiring strip Mi VS ..
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-
up and after the first 200 operation hours.
tightening torque for terminal: 40.0 Nm
for the installation in Mi empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
pre-mounted on mounting plate 300 x 300 mm
with fixing screws
334
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi VE 245
Terminal for incoming/outgoing cables
max. 25-240 mm, Cu/Alu
current carrying capacity: 400 A
5-pole
incoming or outgoing cables per pole: 2 x 50-240 mm, 4 x 25-120 mm
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
outgoing wiring strip Mi VS ..
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-
up and after the first 200 operation hours.
tightening torque for terminal: 40.0 Nm
for the installation in Mi empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
pre-mounted on mounting plate 300 x 300 mm
with fixing screws
Mi VE 302
Terminal for incoming/outgoing cables
max. 95-300 mm, Cu/Alu
current carrying capacity: 630 A
2-pole
incoming or outgoing cables per pole: 2 x 120-300 mm, 4 x 95-185 mm
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
outgoing wiring strip Mi VS 630
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-
up and after the first 200 operation hours.
for the installation in Mi empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
pre-mounted on mounting plate 300 x 300 mm
with fixing screws
Mi VE 303
Terminal for incoming/outgoing cables
max. 95-300 mm, Cu/Alu
current carrying capacity: 630 A
3-polig
incoming or outgoing cables per pole: 2 x 120-300 mm, 4 x 95-185 mm
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
outgoing wiring strip Mi VS 630
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-
up and after the first 200 operation hours.
for the installation in Mi empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
pre-mounted on mounting plate 300 x 300 mm
with fixing screws
335
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi VE 304
Terminal for incoming/outgoing cables
max. 95-300 mm, Cu/Alu
current carrying capacity: 630 A
4-pole
incoming or outgoing cables per pole: 2 x 120-300 mm, 4 x 95-185 mm
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
outgoing wiring strip Mi VS 630
conductor material:Cu/Alu
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-
up and after the first 200 operation hours.
tightening torque for terminal: 50.0 Nm
for the installation in Mi empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
pre-mounted on mounting plate 300 x 300 mm
with fixing screws
Mi NK 1
Connecting terminal
Rated connecting capacity: 16-50 mm, Cu
current carrying capacity: 150 A 60 25
1-pole per 6 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s,
4 x 50 mm s, 2 x 70 mm s each
57
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
88
97 5,5
Mi NK 2
Connecting terminal
1 x 70 mm, 2 x 35 mm, Cu
current carrying capacity: 160 A
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
Mi NK 3
Connecting terminal
4 x 35 mm, Cu
current carrying capacity: 160 A
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
Mi NK 4
Connecting terminal
2 x M 10
current carrying capacity: 400 A
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
336
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
KKL 25
Connecting terminal
Rated connecting capacity: 6-35 mm, Cu
as a connecting terminal
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat
55,5
60,3
profile 35 mm
current carrying capacity: 102 A
51,5
1-pole 6 x 6 mm sol, 6 x 10 mm sol/ f*, 4 x 16 mm s/ f*, 4 x 25
mm s/ f*, 2 x 35 mm s/ f* each f* = with gas-tight end ferrule
with two connected clamping units
FC L 10
Terminal
2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu
for installation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715,
top hat profile 35 mm
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology,
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FC N 10
N terminal
2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu
for installation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715,
top hat profile 35 mm
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology,
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FC PE 10
PE terminal
2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu
for boxes with 1 x 12 modules (through terminal reduction
to 9 modules)
for installation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715,
top hat profile 35 mm
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology,
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FC PN 10
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 1 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm Cu
for installation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715,
top hat profile 35 mm
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology,
for terminal technology refer to technical data
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FC BS 5
FIXCONNECT labelling system
set with 5 pieces
labelling system for FIXCONNECT plug-in terminals, not for terminals 2x25 / 4x4 mm
for attaching of labelling strips or marking with felt tip pen
337
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
FC PN 30
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 3 x 25 mm, 12 x 4 mm, Cu
1-row
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology, for terminal technology refer to index technical data
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FC PN 60
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
2-row
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology, for terminal technology refer to index technical data
currentcarrying capacity: 80 A
Not applicable in boxes Mi 1456, Mi 1455, Mi 1884 and Mi 1885
FC N 30
N terminal
per N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
1-row
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology, for terminal technology refer to index technical data
current carrying capacity: 80 A
FC PE 30
PE terminal
per PE 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
1-row
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology, for terminal technology refer to index technical data
current carrying capacity: 80 A
Mi NK 14
Connecting terminal
per conductor 1 x 25 mm, 12 x 16 mm, Cu
fixing on DIN rail
for retrofitting in kits for DIN rail equipment
for retrofitting in Mi Empty box
338
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
KKL 34
Main line branch terminal
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm as L1-L3, Cu
3-pole as connecting terminal 25 mm 56
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715,
39
top hat profile 35 mm
35,4
current carrying capacity: 80 A
width: 61 mm
KKL 48
Main line branch terminal
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm, as L1-L3; 8 x 1.5-25 mm, as N, Cu
4-pole as connecting terminal 25 mm 56
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715,
39
top hat profile 35 mm
35,4
current carrying capacity: 80 A
width: 100 mm
KKL 54
Main line branch terminal
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm as L1-L3; 4 x 1.5-25mm as N;
4 x 1.5-25 mm as PE, Cu
5-pole as connecting terminal 25 mm 56
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715,
39
top hat profile 35 mm
35,4
current carrying capacity: 80 A
width: 100 mm
339
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
MN ST 00
HRC fuse switch disconnector
125 A
3-polig
for mounting on mounting plate
terminal connection 5-70 mm Cu
MS NH 00
HRC bus-mounted fuse switch disconnector
125 A
3-polig
height: 216 mm x width: 105 mm
forretrofitting on busbars
busbar thickness 10 mm and centreline spacing of busbars 60 mm
terminal connection 5-70 mm Cu
NH SU 00
HRC 00 bus-mounted fuse base
125 A
3-polig
height: 216 mm x width: 105 mm
for retrofitting on busbars
for busbar thickness of 10 mm and centreline spacing of 60 mm
terminal connection 5-70 mm Cu
Mi WD 2
Wall gasket
for box walls 150/300 mm
for the assembly of Mi boxes
consisting of 1 seal, 4 wedge links, 1 bracket
340
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi SV 25
Busbar connector
for busbars 250 A, 5-pole
with wall gasket
for the assembly of Mi boxes containing busbars
tightening torque for terminal: 6.0 Nm
Busbars 250 A and 400 A can only be connected with busbar connector Mi SV 25.
Connecting of busbars with different rated current only under care and attention of the
corresponding short circuit and overload standards.
Mi SV 45
Busbar connector
for busbars 400/630 A, 5-pole
with wall gasket
for the assembly of Mi boxes containing busbars
tightening torque for terminal: 10.0 Nm
Mi WT 1
Wall separator
for subdivision of 300 mm box walls into 2 x 150 mm in case of
flange or box assembly
Mi BE
Fixing spares
4 connectors
for the assembly of Mi boxes
when converting existing installations
341
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi FP 15
Flange
without knockouts
box wall 150 mm 150
25
with fixing wedges and seal
mounting width 65 mm
mounting height 88 mm
Mi FM 15
Flange
knockouts 3 x M 20, 1 x M 32/40/50
box wall 150 mm 150
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FP 20
Flange
without knockouts
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FM 20
Flange
knockouts 15 x M 16, 15 x M 20
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FM 25
Flange
knockouts: 19 x M 16/25
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FM 32
Flange
knockouts: 8 x M 25/32, 1 x M 25/32/40
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FM 40
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 25/32, 5 x M 32/40
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
342
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi FM 50
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 20, 4 x M 32/40/50
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FM 60
Flange
knockouts: 3 x M 40/50/63
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FP 38
Flange
sealing range 7-29 mm
cable entry via integrated elastic membranes 300
30
sealing range: 29 x 7-12 mm, 4 x 7-14 mm,
4 x 11-20 mm, 1 x 16-29 mm
box wall 300 mm
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FP 70
Flange
sealing range: 1 x 30-72 mm
box wall 300 mm 300
with fixing wedges and seal
100
25
Mi FP 72
Flange
sealing range: 2 x each 30-72 mm
box wall 300 mm 300
116
with fixing wedges and seal
100
25
Mi FM 63
Flange with cable arrangement space
knockouts: 3 x M 40/50/63
box wall 300 mm 300
with 80
fixing wedges and seal
343
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi FP 82
Cable insert
sealing range: 2 x each 30-72 mm
box wall 300 mm 300
100
divisible for cable insertion from the front
135
degree of protection IP 54 only with additional strain and pressure 45
relief (e.g. Mi ZE 62)
KST 82
Stepped grommet
sealing range: 30-72 mm
for
retrofitting of cable insertion Mi FP 82 300
100
for
indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
135
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C 45
Material thermoplastic
colour RAL 7035
Mi ZE 62
Cable strain relief
for 2 cables with max. 60 mm external
diameter
with fixing rail 284 mm long
to be used only in connection with cable insertion Mi FP 82
Mi GS 30
Box fin
for inserting cables across 2 boxes
for box walls 300 mm
removable
can be retrofitted
Mi BF 44
Ventilation flange
for vertical installation on box walls
box wall 300 mm
for ventilation of Mi-Distribution boards in the event of extremely
high internal temperatures or a risk of water condensation
BE 44
Ventilation insert
344
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
BM 32
Pressure compensation element
for M 32 knockouts
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation in 66
15,7
power distribution systems
30,7
ISO thread M 32 x 1.5
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
wall thickness of up to 8 mm M32x1,5
with counter nut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one pressure compensation element BM 32 must
be used per 42 litres (42000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 30 cm x 60 cm x 17 cm = 30600 cm =
30,6 litres. Number of necessary BM 32 (M32) = 1 piece.
Mi DB 15
Canopy
for box wall 150 mm
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi DB 30
Canopy
for 300 mm box walls
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi DB 01
Canopy end plate
for canopies FP DB xx and Mi DB xx
345
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi PL 2
Sealing cap
2 sealing caps for converting the lid fasteners
Mi SR 4
Conversion set
for manual operation on tool operation
4 fastening covers
Mi SN 4
Conversion set
for converting lid fasteners from tool to manual operation
4 manual actuators
Mi DV 01
Locking device insertion
only in connection with Mi PL 2, Mi SR 4 or Mi SN 4
Mi ZS 11
Lid lock
with locking device I
Isbeing used instead of fasteners for hand or tool operation in order to prevent unauthorised
opening of the lids
consisting of: cylinder lock, keys, locking device insertion, dust cover
Mi ZS 12
Lid lock
with locking device II
Isbeing used instead of fasteners for hand or tool operation in order to prevent unauthorised
opening of the lids
consisting of: cylinder lock, keys, locking device insertion, dust cover
Mi DR 04
Lid fastener for tool operation
triangle 8 mm
is used instead of fasteners for hand- or tool operation, in order to make unauthorized opening of
lids more difficult
4 locking devices with triangle 8 mm and key
DS 1
Triangular key 8 mm
346
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi ZS 20
Mi hinge for lids
for Mi boxes sizes 1, 2, 3, 4
Foroperating installation device within a large area.
The lid keeps permanently connected to the box.
When assembling several boxes, the insertion can only be carried out for the external boxes.
Mi ZS 40
Mi hinge for lids
for Mi boxes sizes 1 to 8
For operating installation device within a large area.
The lid keeps permanently connected to the box.
Wall connectors or flanges are necessary for assembly
Not applicable in boxes with covers
Mi ZS 60
Mi hinge for lids
for Mi boxes sizes 4 and 8 with extension frame
For operating installation device within a large area.
The lid keeps permanently connected to the box.
Wall connectors or flanges are necessary for assembly
Not applicable in boxes with covers
Example:
Mi hinges for lids enable to operate installation device within a large area
347
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
Mi KL 6
Hinged flap
modules 1 x 6 x 18 mm
with drill and saw template
opening dimensions 117 x 60 mm
sealable
lockable with hinged flap lock
inclusive fixing material
wall thickness 1.5-4.5 mm
Mi KL 12
Hinged flap
modules 1 x 12 x 18 mm
with drill and saw template
opening dimensions 220 x 60 mm
sealable
lockable with hinged flap lock
inclusive fixing material
wall thickness 1.5-4 mm
Mi BS 6
Protection cover
for Mi KL 6
with fixing screws
modules 6
1 x 6 x 18 mm
Mi BS 12
Protection cover
for Mi KL 12
with fixing screws
modules 12
1 x 12 x 18 mm
Mi SK 01
Hinged flap lock
for retrofitting in hinged flaps of 6 or 12 modules width
for protecting the switchgear located behind the hinged flap against unauthorised access
(only effective in connection with lid lock Mi ZS ..)
consisting of:
1 lock, Mi KL
2 keys
1 grooved pin
348
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
NZ KL 54
KWH meter window flap
standard opening dimensions 140 x 310 mm
inaccordance with DIN 43 870
fortool or manual operation
can be locked with padlock (clip diameter max. 6 mm)
complete with screws
sealable
degree of protection: IP 54
Mi SA 2
Dust protection cover
for box sizes 1 to 4
for 2 lid fittings
MT SP 01
Wallet for circuit diagram
DIN A 5
self-adhesive
colour clear-transparent
Material thermoplastic
halogen-free
Mi AL 40
4 stainless steel external brackets
for external fixing of enclosures
Mi MS 2
Profile for wall mounting
forMi distribution board assemblies up to 900 x 1200 mm
with8 screws M6 x 16, washers and nuts for mounting
enclosures
length 1950 mm
Material sendzimir galvanised steel profile
with structured powder coating
MX 0101
Mounting profile set
U-profile for constructing a mounting frame
constisting of:
1 x mounting rail, 2 x fixing brackets,
1 x flat connector with connecting screws
length 1950 mm
Material sheet steel, galvanised and
powder-coated
349
Mi Distribution Boards
Accessories
MX 0112
Frame connector set
for constructing a mounting frame
fixing elements for T or L connections
consisting of: 2 couplers with screws and nuts
MX 0105
Coupler set
for constructing a mounting frame
2 x couplers with connecting screws
MX 0111
Screw for box fixing
set with 12 pieces
M 6 x 16
self-tapping for fixing the Mi box onto mounting profile MX 0101
Z RK 19
Cable entry cover
height: 150 mm
150
depth: 190 mm
length 2000 mm
190
Z RKW 19
Support for cable entry cover
height: 150 mm
150
depth: 190 mm
190
Material thermoplastics
350
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Details
351
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Operating and Ambient Conditions
Application area Suitable for indoor installation and outdoor installation, protected against weather inuences
However, pay attention to the climatic effects on the installed equipment , for example, high or low
ambient temperatures or formation of condensed water see technical information
Resistance to occasional cleaning procedures (direct jet)
with high-pressure cleaner without cleaning additives,
water pressure: max 100 bar, water temperature: Max. 80 C,
distance => 0.15 m, in accordance with IP 69K requirements,
single enclosure without lid equipment (no enclosure assembly),
enclosure and cable glands at least IP 65.
Ambient temperature
- Average value + 35 C The ambient temperature is reduced
over 24 hours + 70 C + 40 C at distribution boares by the installed
- Maximum value 25 C 5 C equipment technology!
- Minimum value
Relative humidity 50% at 40 C
- short-time 100% at 25 C
Fire protection Demands placed on electrical devices from standards and laws:
in the event
of internal faults Minimum requirements
- Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11:
- 650 C for boxes and cable glands
- 850 C for conducting components
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test
IEC 60 695-2-11 960 C 960 C
- UL Subject 94 V-2 V-2
ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection
IK 08 (5 Joule) IK 08 (5 Joule)
against mechanical load
Toxic behaviour halogenfree 1) halogenfree 1)
silicone-free silicone-free
1)
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables - Determination of the
amount of halogen acid gas.
352
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Data
Standards and Regulations
Mi Distribution Boards Distribution boards assembled and wired according to manufacturer data without essential deviations
comply with the require- from the original type or system.
ments of the IEC 61 439-2
To meet these requirements for Hensel Mi Distribution Boards, the following must be noted:
1. The distribution boards must consist of the veried enclosures documented in this list.
2. The wiring of the equipment must be carried out with the cross-sections and con-
ductor types indicated in Table Rating of insulated conductors in switchgear assemblies, Index Tech-
nics.
3. Once the distribution board is completed, a routine test must be carried out in accordance with this
standard.
- DIN EN 50 262
Metric threaded cable glands for electrical installations
- DIN 43 880
Built-in equipment for electrical installations; overall dimensions
and related mounting dimensions
353
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Power Dissipation of Empty Boxes
Single enclosures
Central enclosures
354
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Power Dissipation of Empty Boxes
External enclosures
Note!
The maximally permissible operating temperature inside the enclosures (Jimax) is determined by:
1st Maximally permissible ambient temperature of the installed electrical devices (please consider data of the equipment manufacturers)
2nd Category temperature of the internal wiring and the inserted cables
3rd Temperatur resistance of the enclosure materials and the cable entries etc.
355
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Dimensions
150
Mi 0311
125 Mi 9310
The width of Mi Empty boxes Mi CB 10
Mi 9311
Mi 9... enlarges about 15
388
422
450
mm because of the laterally 300
mounted lid hinges, refer to 272 170
238 146
7
product pages. Mi 0100
122
150
92
7
Mi 0101 25 113
Mi 9100 275 x 425
238
Mi 9200
538
572
600
Mi 9201
7
25 113
275 x 275
7
300 25 113
272 214 275 x 575
238 191
Mi 0210
Mi 0211 300
272 214
238
Mi 9210
272
300
238 191
Mi 9211
7
Mi 0410
Mi 0411
25 113 Mi 9410
275 x 275
Mi 9411
538
572
600
300
272 182
238 115
7
Mi 0220
Mi 0221
25 113
238
272
300
Installation of equipment in
275 x 575
protection plates: Mi 0800
7
Mi 9310
42
Mi 9311
422
388
450
39
7
109
25 113 25 25 113
275 x 425 575 x 575
356
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Wall Mounting
7
Dimensions
for wall mounting in mm
7
External brackets
for external box xing.
Mi AL 40 (4 xing brackets)
Mi MS 2
Transport
Regarding transportation its
recommendable to protect the
assembly against deection.
For that please screw the
assembly to a solid timber.
Fixing matrix of
mounting prole
Mounting proles
U proles for constructing
a mounting frame.
357
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Mounting Prole
Mounting prole
T-connection
T-connection
Coupling of
mounting proles
Wall xing
Cross connection
Wall xing
depth-adjustable
by 18 mm
Mounting prole
To stabilize larger distributions
boards for the transport and
assembly on site.
MX 0101
MX 0112
MX 0105
MX 0110
MX 0111
358
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Lid Hinges
Lid hinges
for Mi distribution boards
Mi ZS 20
When assembling several
boxes, the insertion can only
be carried out for the external
boxes.
For operating installation device
within a large area.
The lid keeps permanently
connected to the box. Usable in Mi boxes:
Back-stop Position of box: vertical Position of box: horizontal
of lids left right top buttom left right top bottom
Size 1:
Size 2:
Size 3: - - -
Size 4: - - -
359
Mi Distribution Boards
Technical Details
Terminals
}
80 A 3 6 mm2, sol 1 6 mm2, f
Tested as connecting
terminal for several
3 4 mm2, sol conductors of the
1 4 mm2, f
same cross-sections
4 2.5 mm2, sol for using in one 1 2.5 mm2, f
Screw-type terminal 4 1.5 mm2, sol
circuit
1 1.5 mm2, f
25 mm2
Terminal equipment
Number Mounted in PE terminal
and number of conductors of Mi Circuit
to be connected modules breaker
boxes up to 4 mm2 up to 25 mm2
PE terminal
24 (2-row) Mi 1224
Mi 1220
Mi 1222 12x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
Mi 1336
36 (3-row) Mi 1333
48 (4-row) Mi 1448 24x4 mm2 6x25 mm2
Mi 1444
Mi 1336
36 (3-row) Mi 1333
48 (4-row) Mi 1448 24x4 mm2 6x25 mm2
Mi 1444
360
Mi Distribution Boards
Design and Project Engineering
Project engineering with per- With the EDP planning software HENPAS, the
sonal computers and standard electrician can edit simple, fast and professional
software computer-assembly drawings and circuit diagrams.
The parts libraries contain all elements which are
required for the editing of assembly plans.
You can download the CAD Parts library of signs
and symbols on the Internet at
www.hensel-electric.de, download area.
Software requirements:
AutoSketch, AutoCAD or DXF compatible
CAD programs.
361
Mi Distribution Boards
Assembly
Step 1:
Assembly of Mi Distribution
boards according to assembly
draft
Step 2:
Knock out of box walls
to provide electrical con-
nection
Knock out the box walls to
provide for the electrical con-
nection inside the distributors.
Knock out the appropriate
openings of the wedge joints
for the assembly of boxes.
Step 3:
Assembly of the boxes
A self-adhesive wall gasket is
stuck to the box wall to seal
the boxes in position (applies
to closed box walls, too.)
362
Mi Distribution Boards
Assembly
Step 3:
Assembly of the boxes
Cable entry via anges.
363
Mi Distribution Boards
Assembly
Step 3:
Assembly of the boxes
Subsequent installation of
upper box n.
Mounting canopy
for the unprotected installation
outdoors. Easy assembly by
means of wedge connections.
364
Mi Distribution Boards
Assembly
Step 4:
Installing equipment
Installation devices can be
fastened on mounting plates
with self-threading screws.
365
Mi Distribution Boards
Assembly
Step 5:
Installation of equipment in
cover plates
Pre-drill the sections at the cor-
ners. Then saw away the sec-
tions from the protection plate
by using a piercing saw with
coarse toothed saw blades for
plastics (e.g. Bosch T 101 B).
Dimensions in accordance
withDIN 43 880 for DIN rail
equipment
366
LES Cable Entry Systems
367
LES Cable Entry Systems
Grommets
ESM 16
Grommets
for knockouts M 16
sealing range: 4,8-11 mm
bore-hole: 16.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
ESM 20
Grommets
for knockouts M 20
sealing range: 6-13 mm
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
ESM 25
Grommets
for knockouts M 25
sealing range: 9-17 mm
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
ESM 32
Grommets
for knockouts M 32
sealing range: 9-23 mm
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
ESM 40
Grommets
for knockouts M 40
sealing range: 17-30 mm
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
368
LES Cable Entry Systems
Stepped Grommets
STM 16
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 16
sealing range: 3,5-12 mm
bore-hole: 16.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-4 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
STM 20
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 20
sealing range: 5-16 mm
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-4 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
STM 25
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 25
sealing range: 5-21 mm
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-4 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
STM 32
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 32
sealing range: 13-26,5 mm
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-4 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
STM 40
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 40
sealing range: 13-34 mm
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-4 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
369
LES Cable Entry Systems
Grommets
EDK 16
Grommets
for knockouts M 16
sealing range: 5-10 mm
bore-hole: 16.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
EDK 20
Grommets
for knockouts M 20
sealing range: 6-13 mm
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
EDK 25
Grommets
for knockouts M 25
sealing range: 9-17 mm
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
EDK 32
Grommets
for knockouts M 32
sealing range: 8-23 mm
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
EDK 40
Grommets
for knockouts M 40
sealing range: 11-30 mm
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
370
LES Cable Entry Systems
Grommets for Conduits
EDR 16
Grommets for conduits
for knockouts M 16
conduit connection M 16
bore-hole: 16.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.2 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
EDR 20
Grommets for conduits
for knockouts M 20
conduit connection M 20
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.2 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
EDR 25
Grommets for conduits
for knockouts M 25
Rohranschluss M 25
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.2 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
EDR 32
Grommets for conduits
for knockouts M 32
conduit connection M 32
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.2 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
EDR 40
Grommets for conduits
for knockouts M 40
conduit connection M 40
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.2 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
371
LES Cable Entry Systems
Cable Glands
AKM 12
Cable glands
for knockouts M 12
sealing range: 4-6 mm
ISO thread M 12 x 1.5
bore-hole: 12.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
AKM 16
Cable glands
for knockouts M 16
sealing range: 5-10 mm
ISO thread M 16 x 1.5
bore-hole: 16.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
AKM 20
Cable glands
for knockouts M 20
sealing range 6,5-13,5 mm
ISO thread M 20 x 1.5
bore-hole: 20.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
AKM 25
Cable glands
for knockouts M 25
sealing range 11-17 mm
ISO thread M 25 x 1.5
bore-hole: 25.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
372
LES Cable Entry Systems
Cable Glands
AKM 32
Cable glands
for knockouts M 32
sealing range 15-21 mm
ISO thread M 32 x 1.5
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
AKM 40
Cable glands
for knockouts M 40
sealing range: 19-28 mm
ISO thread M 40 x 1.5
bore-hole: 40.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
AKM 50
Cable glands
for knockouts M 50
sealing range: 27-35 mm
ISO thread M 50 x 1.5
bore-hole: 50.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
AKM 63
Cable glands
for knockouts M 63
sealing range: 35-48 mm
ISO thread M 63 x 1.5
bore-hole: 63.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
373
LES Cable Entry Systems
Cable Glands
ASM 12
Cable glands
for knockouts M 12
sealing range: 4-6 mm
ISO thread M 12 x 1.5
bore-hole: 12.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASM 16
Cable glands
for knockouts M 16
sealing range: 5-10 mm
ISO thread M 16 x 1.5
bore-hole: 16.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASM 20
Cable glands
for knockouts M 20
sealing range 6,5-13,5 mm
ISO thread M 20 x 1.5
bore-hole: 20.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASM 25
Cable glands
for knockouts M 25
sealing range 11-17 mm
ISO thread M 25 x 1.5
bore-hole: 25.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
374
LES Cable Entry Systems
Cable Glands
ASM 32
Cable glands
for knockouts M 32
sealing range 15-21 mm
ISO thread M 32 x 1.5
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASM 40
Cable glands
for knockouts M 40
sealing range: 19-28 mm
ISO thread M 40 x 1.5
bore-hole: 40.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
tightening torque 10 Nm
ASM 50
Cable glands
for knockouts M 50
sealing range: 27-35 mm
ISO thread M 50 x 1.5
bore-hole: 50.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASM 63
Cable glands
for knockouts M 63
sealing range: 35-48 mm
ISO thread M 63 x 1.5
bore-hole: 63.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
375
LES Cable Entry Systems
Cable Glands
AFM 16
Cable glands for knockouts M 16
sealing range: 5-10 mm
bore-hole: 16.3 mm
wall thickness 1-4 mm
the cable gland can be mounted without locknut
Especially useful when it is difficult to mount a lock nut in boxes.
with strain relief
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 20 C up to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
AFM 20
Cable glands for knockouts M 20
sealing range: 8-13 mm
bore-hole: 20.3 mm
wall thickness 1-4 mm
the cable gland can be mounted without locknut
Especially useful when it is difficult to mount a lock nut in boxes.
with strain relief
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 20 C up to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
AFM 25
Cable glands for knockouts M 25
sealing range 11-17 mm
bore-hole: 25.3 mm
wall thickness 1-4 mm
the cable gland can be mounted without locknut
Especially useful when it is difficult to mount a lock nut in boxes.
with strain relief
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 20 C up to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
AFM 32
Cable glands for knockouts M 32
sealing range 15-21 mm
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
wall thickness 1-4 mm
the cable gland can be mounted without locknut
Especially useful when it is difficult to mount a lock nut in boxes.
with strain relief
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 20 C up to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
376
LES Cable Entry Systems
Cable Glands
ASS 12
Cable glands
for knockouts M 12
sealing range: 2-5 mm
ISO thread M 12 x 1.5
bore-hole: 12.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASS 16
Cable glands
for knockouts M 16
sealing range: 3-10 mm
ISO thread M 16 x 1.5
bore-hole: 16.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASS 20
Cable glands
for knockouts M 20
sealing range: 5-13,5 mm
ISO thread M 20 x 1.5
bore-hole: 20.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASS 25
Cable glands
for knockouts M 25
sealing range: 8-17 mm
ISO thread M 25 x 1.5
bore-hole: 25.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
377
LES Cable Entry Systems
Cable Glands
ASS 32
Cable glands
for knockouts M 32
sealing range: 12-21 mm
ISO thread M 32 x 1.5
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASS 40
Cable glands
for knockouts M 40
sealing range: 16-28,5 mm
ISO thread M 40 x 1.5
bore-hole: 40.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASS 50
Cable glands
for knockouts M 50
sealing range: 21-35 mm
ISO thread M 50 x 1.5
bore-hole: 50.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASS 63
Cable glands
for knockouts M 63
sealing range: 27-48 mm
ISO thread M 63 x 1.5
bore-hole: 63.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
378
LES Cable Entry Systems
Combi Climate Glands
New product of Hensel: For adherence to the requested degree of protection the ventilation of the
Ventilation and cable entry enclosure is effected via a special combi climate gland.
in one! Via an inserted, breathable membrane combi climate glands ensure pressure
In general the formation of water in compensation between enclosure interior and ambient air.
case of condensation in closed enclo-
sures cannot be prevented in instal-
lation areas with high temperature
differences!
Openings for
pressure compensation
The
ingress of
humidity
from outside
is prevented by this
membrane.
379
LES Cable Entry Systems
Combi Climate Glands
KBM 20
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 20
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation
sealing range: 6-13 mm
ISO thread M 20 x 1.5
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
wall thickness up to 3,5 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one combi climate gland M20 must be used
per 6 litres (6000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 27 cm x 27 cm x 17 cm = 12393 cm =
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M20 3 pieces.
When using different gland sizes the values for the enclosure
volumes of the used combi climate glands can be added on.
If the quantity of the necessary climate glands for pressure com-
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands for
cable entry, the unused climate glands can be sealed with sealing
plugs.
KBM 25
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 25
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation
sealing range: 9-17 mm
ISO thread M 25 x 1.5
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
wall thickness up to 3,5 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one combi climate gland M25 must be used
per 10 litres (10000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 27 cm x 27 cm x 17 cm = 12393 cm =
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M25 2 pieces
When using different gland sizes the values for the enclosure
volumes of the used combi climate glands can be added on.
If the quantity of the necessary climate glands for pressure com-
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands for
cable entry, the unused climate glands can be sealed with sealing
plugs.
380
LES Cable Entry Systems
Combi Climate Glands
KBM 32
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 32
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation
sealing range: 13-21 mm
ISO thread M 32 x 1.5
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
wall thickness up to 3,5 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one combi climate gland M32 must be used
per 12 litres (12000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 27 cm x 27 cm x 17 cm = 12393 cm =
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M32 2 piece.
When using different gland sizes the values for the enclosure
volumes of the used combi climate glands can be added on.
If the quantity of the necessary climate glands for pressure com-
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands fr
cable entry, the unused climate glands can be sealed with sealing
plugs.
KBM 40
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 40
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation
sealing range: 16-28 mm
ISO thread M 40 x 1.5
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one combi climate gland M40 must be used
per 16 litres (16000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 27 cm x 27 cm x 17 cm = 12393 cm =
12.393 litres. Number of necessary KB. 40 (M40) 1 piece.
When using different gland sizes the values for the enclosure
volumes of the used combi climate glands can be added on.
If the quantity of the necessary climate glands for pressure com-
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands fr
cable entry, the unused climate glands can be sealed with sealing
plugs.
381
LES Cable Entry Systems
Combi Climate Glands
KBS 20
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 20
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation
sealing range: 6-13 mm
ISO thread M 20 x 1.5
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
wall thickness up to 3,5 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one combi climate gland M20 must be used
per 6 litres (6000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 27 cm x 27 cm x 17 cm = 12393 cm =
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M20 3 pieces.
When using different gland sizes the values for the enclosure
volumes of the used combi climate glands can be added on.
If the quantity of the necessary climate glands for pressure com-
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands for
cable entry, the unused climate glands can be sealed with sealing
plugs.
KBS 25
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 25
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation
sealing range: 9-17 mm
ISO thread M 25 x 1.5
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
wall thickness up to 3,5 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one combi climate gland M25 must be used
per 10 litres (10000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 27 cm x 27 cm x 17 cm = 12393 cm =
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M25 2 pieces
When using different gland sizes the values for the enclosure
volumes of the used combi climate glands can be added on.
If the quantity of the necessary climate glands for pressure com-
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands for
cable entry, the unused climate glands can be sealed with sealing
plugs.
382
LES Cable Entry Systems
Combi Climate Glands
KBS 32
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 32
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation
sealing range: 13-21 mm
ISO thread M 32 x 1.5
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
wall thickness up to 3,5 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one combi climate gland M32 must be used
per 12 litres (12000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 27 cm x 27 cm x 17 cm = 12393 cm =
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M32 2 piece.
When using different gland sizes the values for the enclosure
volumes of the used combi climate glands can be added on.
If the quantity of the necessary climate glands for pressure com-
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands for
cable entry, the unused climate glands can be sealed with sealing
plugs.
KBS 40
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 40
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation
sealing range: 16-28 mm
ISO thread M 40 x 1.5
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one combi climate gland M40 must be used
per 16 litres (16000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 27 cm x 27 cm x 17 cm = 12393 cm =
12.393 litres. Number of necessary KB. 40 (M40) 1 piece.
When using different gland sizes the values for the enclosure
volumes of the used combi climate glands can be added on.
If the quantity of the necessary climate glands for pressure com-
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands for
cable entry, the unused climate glands can be sealed with sealing
plugs.
383
LES Cable Entry Systems
Sealing Plug
Pressure Compensation Element
VSB 13
Sealing plug
diameter 13 mm
for sealing combi climate glands M20 or M25, which are not used
for cable entry
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
VSB 21
Sealing plug
diameter 21 mm
forsealing combi climate glands M32 and M40, which are not
used for cable entry
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
BM 32
Pressure compensation element
for M 32 knockouts
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation in 66
15,7
power distribution systems
30,7
ISO thread M 32 x 1.5
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
wall thickness of up to 8 mm M32x1,5
with counter nut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one pressure compensation element BM 32
must be used per 42 litres (42000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 30 cm x 60 cm x 17 cm = 30600 cm =
30,6 litres. Number of necessary BM 32 (M32) = 1 piece.
384
LES Cable Entry Systems
KST 70
Stepped grommet
sealing range: 30-72 mm
bore-hole: 83 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3 mm
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
MV FP 66
flange
with cable entry glands and screws
sealing range: 30-72 mm
wall thickness of at least 1.5 mm
KHR 01
Cable retention
for cable diameter 6,5 - 14 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 6,5 - 10 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
KHR 02
Cable retention
for cable diameter 10 - 16 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 13 - 16 mm
385
LES Cable Entry Systems
Cable Glands
AKS 9
for knockouts Pg 9
sealing range: 4-8 mm
for bore-hole Pg 9, 15.5 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
AKS 11
for knockouts Pg 11
sealing range: 5-10 mm
for bore-hole Pg 11, 19 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
AKS 13,5
for knockouts Pg 13.5
sealing range: 6-12 mm
bore-hole Pg 13,5, 21 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
AKS 16
for knockouts Pg 16
sealing range: 10-14 mm
for bore-hole Pg 16, 23 mm
wall thickness up to 4 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
AKS 21
for knockouts Pg 21
sealing range: 13-18 mm
for bore-hole Pg 21, 29 mm
wall thickness up to 4 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
386
LES Cable Entry Systems
Cable Glands
AKS 29
for knockouts Pg 29
sealing range: 18-25 mm
for bore-hole Pg 29, 37.5 mm
wall thickness up to 4 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
AKS 36
for knockouts Pg 36
sealing range: 22-32 mm
for bore-hole Pg 36, 47.5 mm
wall thickness of up to 5 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
AKS 42
for knockouts Pg 42
sealing range: 30-38 mm
for bore-hole Pg 42, 54,5 mm
wall thickness of up to 5 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
AKS 48
for knockouts Pg 48
sealing range: 34-44 mm
bore-hole Pg 48, 60 mm
wall thickness of up to 6 mm
with strain relief and locknut
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
ambient temperature - 25 to + 55 C
387
388
LES Cable Entry Systems
Technical Details
389
LES Cable Entry Systems
Technical Details
Outside diameter of conventional cable cross sections. The outside diameters are average values of different products.
Cable NYM NYY NYCY Cable NYM NYY NYCY
cross section NYCWY cross section NYCWY
1x4 mm 8 mm 9 mm 4x1,5 mm 11 mm 13,5 mm 14 mm
1x6 mm 8,5 mm 10 mm 4x2,5 mm 12,5 mm 14,5 mm 15 mm
1x10 mm 9,5 mm 10,5 mm 4x4 mm 14,5 mm 17,5 mm 17 mm
1x16 mm 11 mm 12 mm 4x6 mm 16,5 mm 18 mm 18 mm
1x25 mm 14 mm 4x10 mm 18,5 mm 20 mm 20 mm
1x35 mm 15 mm 4x16 mm 23,5 mm 23 mm 23 mm
1x50 mm 16,5 mm 4x25 mm 28,5 mm 28 mm 28 mm
1x70 mm 18 mm 4x35 mm 32 mm 26-30 mm 29 mm
1x95 mm 20 mm 4x50 mm 30-35 mm 34 mm
1x120 mm 21 mm 4x70 mm 34-40 mm 37 mm
1x150 mm 23 mm 4x95 mm 38-45 mm 42 mm
1x185 mm 25 mm 4x120 mm 42-50 mm 47 mm
1x240 mm 28 mm 4x150 mm 46-53 mm 52 mm
1x300 mm 30 mm 4x185 mm 53-60 mm 60 mm
2x1,5 mm 10 mm 12 mm 4x240 mm 59-71 mm 70 mm
2x2,5 mm 11 mm 13 mm 4x25/16 mm 30 mm
2x4 mm 15 mm 4x35/16 mm 30 mm
2x6 mm 16 mm 4x50/25 mm 36,5 mm
2x10 mm 18 mm 4x70/35 mm 40 mm
2x16 mm 20 mm 4x95/50 mm 44,5 mm
2x25 mm 4x120/70 mm 48,5 mm
2x35 mm 4x150/70 mm 53 mm
3x1,5 mm 10,5 mm 12,5 mm 13 mm 4x185/95 mm
3x2,5 mm 11 mm 13 mm 14 mm 4x240/120 mm
3x4 mm 13 mm 16 mm 16 mm 5x1,5 mm 12 mm 15 mm 15 mm
3x6 mm 15 mm 17 mm 17 mm 5x2,5 mm 13,5 mm 16 mm 17 mm
3x10 mm 18 mm 19 mm 18 mm 5x4 mm 15,5 mm 16,5 mm 18 mm
3x16 mm 20 mm 21 mm 21 mm 5x6 mm 18 mm 19 mm 20 mm
3x25 mm 26 mm 5x10 mm 20 mm 21 mm
3x35 mm 5x16 mm 26 mm 24 mm
3x50 mm 5x25 mm 31,5 mm
3x70 mm 7x1,5 mm 13 mm 16 mm
3x95 mm 7x2,5 mm 14,5 mm 16,5 mm
3x120 mm 19x1,5 mm 22 mm
3x150 mm 24x1,5 mm 25 mm
3x185 mm
3x240 mm
3x25/16 mm 27 mm 27 mm
3x35/16 mm 28 mm 27 mm
3x50/25 mm 32 mm 32 mm
3x70/35 mm 32-36 mm 36 mm
3x95/50 mm 37-41 mm 40 mm
3x120/70 mm 42 mm 43 mm
3x150/70 mm 46 mm 47 mm
3x185/95 mm 52 mm 48-54 mm
3x240/120 mm 57-63 mm 60 mm
3x300/150 mm 63-69 mm
390
LES Cable Entry Systems
Technical Details
Dimensions
Grommets
in mm A B B1 C D
ESM 16 16,5 22 18,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets ESM
ESM 20 20,5 26 22,5 14,5 8,5 Degree of protection IP 55
ESM 25 26,0 31 27,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets ESM are inserted into
ESM 32 33,0 38 34,5 17,5 8,5 knockouts. There is no counternut
ESM 40 41,0 46 42,5 17,5 8,5 required!
Stepped grommet
in mm A B B1 C D
STM 16 13,2 21,2 19 7,4 8,0 Stepped grommets STM
STM 20 18,0 25 23 9,2 8,0 Degree of protection IP 55
STM 25 21,6 30 28 11,5 7,4 Stepped glands STM are inserted into
STM 32 27,6 37 35 11,5 8,6 knockouts. There is no counternut
STM 40 33,6 45 43 15,1 8,6 required!
Grommets
in mm A B B1 C D
EDK 16 14,5 22 18,5 13,5 8,5 Grommets EDK
EDK 20 18,5 26 22,5 14,5 8,5 Degree of protection IP 65
EDK 25 23,5 31 27,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets EDK are inserted into
EDK 32 30,5 38 34,5 19,5 8,5 knockouts. There is no counternut
EDK 40 38,5 46 42,5 19,5 8,5 required!
Grommets for conduits
in mm A B B1 C D
EDR 16 20 22 18,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets for conduits EDR
EDR 20 24 26 22,5 14,5 8,5 Degree of protection IP 65
EDR 25 29 31 27,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets for conduits EDR are
EDR 32 36 38 34,5 17,5 8,5 inserted into knockouts. There is no
EDR 40 44 46 42,5 17,5 8,5 counternut required!
Cable glands ASM/AKM/ASS
with strain relief counternut, degree of protection IP 65
ISO SW1 EK1 C D SW2 EKS H
across ats across max. across ats across
in mm corners corners
ASM/AKM/ASS 12 M 12 15 16,4 22 8 17 19,0 5
ASM/AKM/ASS 16 M 16 20 22,0 26 8 22 24,7 5
ASM/AKM/ASS 20 M 20 24 26,5 29 8 27 30,2 6
ASM/AKM/ASS 25 M 25 29 32,0 34 8 32 36,0 6
ASM/AKM/ASS 32 M 32 36 39,7 39 10 41 46,0 7
ASM/AKM/ASS 40 M 40 46 50,5 46 10 50 54,1 7
ASM/AKM/ASS 50 M 50 55 60,0 51 10 60 66,3 8
ASM/AKM/ASS 63 M 63 68 74,7 55 10 75 83,0 8
Degree of protection IP 55
149,0
160,0
ESM ... Ste ... ASM ... ASS ... AFM ... KBM ...
STM ... AKM ... KBS ...
EDK ... AKS ...
EDR ...
KST...
MV FP 66
Application area suitable for indoor installation Suitable for outdoor installation -
(normal environment and/or harsh environment and / or outdoor
protected outdoor)
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 35 C + 35 C + 55 C + 55 C + 55 C + 55 C
- Maximum value + 40 C + 40 C + 70 C + 70 C + 70 C + 70 C
- Minimum value 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C
Fire protection Demands placed on electrical devices from standards and laws:
in the event of internal faults
Minimum requirements
- Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11
- 650 C for boxes and cable glands
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test 750 C 650 C 960 C 960 C 750 C 960 C
IEC 60 695-2-11 V-0 V-2 V-2 V-2
- UL Subject 94 ame- ame- ame- ame- ame-
retardant retardant retardant retardant retardant
self- self- self- self- self-
extinguishing extinguishing extinguishing extinguishing extinguishing
Toxic behaviour halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free
silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free
392
Technical Data
Technical Data
Material properties 394
Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS), Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 REACH 395
Degrees of protection 396 - 397
Outside diameter of conventional cable cross-sections 398
Assignment of cable outside diamters to cable glands 399
Preparations of aluminium conductors 400
Types of conductors, IK Code 401
Rating of insulated conductors in switchgear assemblies,
Overload and short-circuit protection 402
Technical Data
393
Technical Data
Material Properties
Chemical resistance 1)
Products Material used
Benzene (MAK) 2)
IEC 60 695-2-11
Glow wire test
Petrol (MAK) 2)
UL Subject 94
Temperature
Minerar oil
resistance
Acid 10 %
Lye 10 %
Alcohol
K 7... / K 12.. / K 24.. PC (polycabonate) 960 C V-2 -40 C / + + 0 + +
lid Mi ... +120 C
door and lid KV .../KV PC .../
door FP .../
hinged lid KG /
KF 4... / KF 7... / KF 8...
KF 5... / KF 9... / KF WP ... PC-GFS (polycarbonate) 960 C V-0 -40 C / + + 0 + +
bases of Mi ... / FP ... +120 C
KD ... PC (polycarbonate) PC-5 960 C 5V -40 C / + + 0 + +
impact resistant +120 C
D ... / DP ... / DPC ... PS (Polystyrol) 750 C V-2 -40 C / + + + 0
DE ... / K ... / KC ... +70 C
RD ... / RK ...
KV ... / KG ...
K ... / KV ... / KV PC ... / PUR (polyurethane) -25 C / 0 + 0 0 +
Mi ... / FP ... +80 C
394
Technical Data
RoHS
REACH
Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS) We state all these details according to the best of our knowledge. They correspond to the present state
of the art. This information is not to be understood as a warranty in the sense of warranty law.
HENSEL test enclosures according to this standard.
Under the intended use, our products do not fall within the scope of the Electrical Equipment Act (Elec-
trical and Electronic Equipment) and therefore outside the scope of Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS). If they
should be provided for use in products falling within the scope of RoHS, compliance with the require-
ments of RoHS have to be contracted bilaterally.
Regulation (EC) Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG meets the requirements set by REACH (EG) No. 1907/2006. We shall
No 1907/2006 REACH inform you in the framework of our business relations about the changes to our products resulting from
REACH and agree on suitable measures on a case-by-case basis.
Technical Data
395
Technical Data
Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code)
Degree of protection of electrical equipment Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code), form the
Electrical equipment must be protected for safety reasons from basis for the determination and designation of the degree of protec-
external inuences and conditions. Enclosures provide the protec- tion.
tion of electrical equipment against access to hazardous parts The degree of protection provided by an enclosure is proven by
and against solid foreign objects, as well as dust, humidity and means of standardized testing methods.
water. The becoming aged of test samples before carrying out the actual
The international standard IEC 60 529, the german standard type tests are part of the standardized testing methods.
DIN EN 60 529 / VDE 0470 Part 1 September 2000 with the title Ageing is made by an more-active increased thermal treatment.
IP
IP 0X non-protected non-protected
IP 1X solid foreign objects the back of a hand A the back of the hand
50 mm
396
The marking system consists of the code letters IP and two following characteristic numerals.
Example:
IP 6 7
2nd characteristic numeral: Protection against ingress of water with harmful effects
IP X0 IP X1 IP X2 IP X3 IP X4 IP X5 IP X6 IP X7
Non- Protection Protected Protection for Protection for Protection of Protection of Protection
protected against verti- against dripping occasional occasional operational operational against the
cal dripping water, when the cleaning pro- cleaning pro- processes, processes, effects of
water housing is tilted cedures, not cedures, not not direct not direct temporary
up to 15 direct spraying direct spraying spraying of spraying of immersion
Application
Symbol
IP 20
IP 30 IP 31
IP 40 IP 41 IP 42 IP 43 IP 44
Technical Data
IP 54 IP 55
IP 65 IP 66 IP 67
397
Technical Data
Outside Diameter of Conventional Cable Cross-Sections
Short Forms of Cables
The outside diameters are
Cable NYM NYY NYCY Cable NYM NYY NYCY
average values of different cross- NYCWY cross- NYCWY
products. section section
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1x4 8 9 4x1.5 11 13.5 14
2x2.5 11 13 4x25/16 30
2x4 15 4x35/16 30
2x10 18 4x70/35 40
2x35 4x150/70 53
3x2.5 11 13 14 4x240/120
3x4 13 16 16 5x1.5 12 15 15
3x16 20 21 21 5x6 18 19 20
3x25 26 5x10 20 21
3x35 5x16 26 24
3x70 7x1.5 13 16
3x120 19x1.5 22
3x150 24x1.5 25
3x185
3x240
Technical Data
3x25/16 27 27
3x35/16 28 27
3x50/25 32 32
3x70/35 32-36 36
398
Technical Data
Assignment of Cable Outside Diameters to Cable Glands
Standards
M 20 EDR 20
M 25 EDR 25
M 32 EDR 32
M 40 EDR 40
- IEC 60 529
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP-Code)
399
Technical Data
Preparation of Aluminium Conductors
Connnection of aluminium The special conducting characteristics of aluminum This can lead to terminal overheating and in the
conductors can be seen in the fact that the surface of an alu- worst case re.
I. Chemical basics minum conductor is immediately covered in a non- Despite these special conditions. aluminum con-
conducting oxide layer upon exposure to oxy- ductors can be connected if the terminal used is
gen. appropriate and the following conditions are taken
This characteristic leads to an increase in the tem- into consideration when connecting.
porary resistance between the aluminum conduc-
tors and the terminal body.
II. Special terminal require- The suitability of terminal for connections with aluminium conductors needs to be evaluated
ments for the connection and confirmed by the terminal manufacturer.
of aluminium conductors 1. These terminals will thus meet the requirements 2. The terminal has an appropriate shape and sur-
for an aligned electrochemical voltage se- face to penetrate the grease layer or a very thin
quence. A disintegration of the base material oxide layer on the aluminum conductor upon
(aluminum) will be prevented. connection.
1 2
The non-insulated conductor ends need to have the Immediately after removing the oxide layer, the con-
oxide layer carefully scraped clean using a knife for ductor end needs to be rubbed with an acid and al-
example. In doing so no les, sand paper or brushes kali free grease such as technical vaseline and then
may be used. immediately connected to the terminal. This in turn
prevents oxygen from forming a non-conducting
oxide layer.
3 4
Due to the ow tendency in aluminum the terminals The steps listed above need to be repeated if the
Technical Data
need to be tightened before start up and after the conductor is removed and re-connected. I.e. the
rst 200 operating hours (note the appropriate conductor has to be scraped again, greased and
torque). immediately connected, because it will be connect-
ed at a different position.
400
Technical Data
Types of Conductors
IK Code
f (exible)
kein 20 cm
IK00
Schutz IK06 1
40 cm
IK07 2
IK02 0,2
1,7 kg
20 cm
IK08 5
IK03 0,35
5 kg
Technical Data
20 cm
IK09 10
IK04 0,5
5 kg
40 cm
IK10 20
IK05 0,7
401
Technical Data
Rating of Insulated Conductors in Switchgear Assemblies
Overload and Short-Circuit Protection
Examples
... ...
Overload and short-circuit Each cable must be protected against overload and short circuits.
protection The dimensioning according to Table 1 requires a series-connected protective device for the overload and
short-circuit protection.
In some cases, it may occur that the series-connected protective device cannot take over this protection
e.g. when picking off one or several small loads from a busbar, see the following diagram.
The protective device F0 that is connected in series to the busbar system adopts neither the overload nor
short-circuit protection of the outgoing cable to F1.
For this reason, the cable must be laid in front of the fuse F1 so that no short circuits may occur under
normal conditions.
The following apply as short-circuit-proof cable installations e.g.
- rigid connections which do not come into contact with each other even in the event of a short circuit
(fixing of the conductors)
- cables with special insulation e.g. NSAFou kV
402
Technical Data
Rating of Conductors
Diversity Factors
Diversity factor for built-in The following loading factors may be applied where more than one circuit is installed in one box or instal-
devices according to lation assembly and if no details of the rated current are known:
IEC 61 439-2
Number of circuits Factor
2-3 0.9
4-5 0.8
6-9 0.7
10 and more 0.6
Technical Data
403
Technical Data
Formation of Condensed Water and Retaliatory Actions
How does condensed water The problem of condensed water forming in electrical installations only occurs in enclosures with a
occur in enclosures with a degree of protection IP 54 since the temperature adjustment that is carried out from inside to outside is
high degree of protection? too low due to the high density of the enclosure and its material.
System switched on. The internal temperature is higher than the external
temperature due to the power dissipation of the
built-in devices.
System switched on. The warm air inside the enclosure attempts to accu-
mulate moisture. This comes from outside through
the seal as the enclosures are not gas-tight.
How does condensed water Formation of condensed water for Formation of condensed water in protected
occur in enclosures with a indoor installations: outdoor installations (protected against weather
high degree of protection? inuences) or unprotected outdoor installations:
In areas where high levels of air humi- Here condensed water can be formed
dity and large temperature uctuations dependent on the weather, high air hu-
are expected e.g. in laundry rooms. midity, direct sunlight and temperature
kitchens. car washes etc. differences compared to the wall.
ventilation.
Example:
Open condensation water membrane
Measures against formation
of condensation water Cable entry and ventilation
e. g. Mi Distribution boards Combi climate glands ensu-
Ventilation flange for vertical re pressure compensation
mounting on lateral box walls between enclosre interior and
in case of extremely high inside ambient air via an inserted,
temperature or the risk of water breathable membrane and
condensation, ingress of water from outside is
degree of protection IP 44. prevented.
404
Technical Data
Definition of Terms
Definition of Terms Rated voltage (Un) Rated conditional short-circuit current (Icc)
Rated values for setting up highest nominal value of the a.c. (r.m.s.) or d.c. value of prospective short-circuit current, declared
low-voltage switchgear are voltage, declared by the assembly manufacturer, by the assembly manufacturer, that can be with-
given in the standard to which the main circuit(s) of the assembly is (are) stood for the total operating time (clearing time) of
IEC 61 439-1 designed to be connected. the short-circuit protective device (SCPD) under
specied conditions.
Rated operational voltage (Ue) (of a circuit of
an assembly) Rated current of the assembly (InA)
value of voltage, declared by the assembly ma- The rated current of the assembly is the smaller of:
nufacturer, which combined with the rated current - the sum of the rated currents of the incoming
determines its application. circuits within the assembly operated in parallel;
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) - the total current which the main busbar is ca-
r.m.s. withstand voltage value, assigned by the pable of distributing in the particular assembly
assembly manufacturer to the equipment or to a arrangement.
part of it, characterising the specied (long-term)
withstand capability of the insulation. This current shall be carried without the tempera-
ture rise of the individual parts exceeding the limits
Rated impulse voltage (Uimp) specied in the standard.
impulse withstand voltage value, declared by the
assembly manufacturer, characterising the speci- Rated current of a circuit (Inc)
ed withstand capability of the insulation against The rated current of a circuit is stated by the as-
transient overvoltages. sembly manufacturer, taking into consideration the
ratings of the devices within the circuit, their dispo-
Rated current (In) sition and application. This current shall be carried
value of current, declared by the assembly manu- without the temperature rise of the various parts of
facturer taking into consideration the ratings of the assembly exceeding the limits specied in the
the components, their disposition and application, standard when the circuit is loaded alone.
which can be carried without the temperature-rise
of various parts of the assembly exceeding speci- Rated diversity factor (RDF)
ed limits under specied conditions. per unit value of the rated current, assigned by the
assembly manufacturer, to which outgoing circuits
Prospective short circuit current (Icp) of an assembly can be continuously and simul-
current which ows when the supply conductors taneously loaded taking into account the mutual
to the circuit are short-circuited by a conductor of thermal inuences.
negligible impedance located as near as practica-
ble to the supply terminals of the assembly.
405
Technical Data
Copy template
Power Dissipation Calculation
Design certification of the max. permissible operating temperature according to IEC 61 439-1 Section 10.10
Client: Kom. No.:
Pos. No.:
Feeding E1
A1
A2
A3
Outgoings
A4
A5
A6
A7
An
Total installed power dissipation of the devices (W)
1 Busbars 250 A
2 Busbars 400 A
3 Busbars 630 A
1
2
3
4
5
6
Total power dissipation of enclosures (W)
Technical Data
4. Calculating
Pos. 1 Total installed power dissipation of the devices (W) Note:
Pos. 2 Total installed power dissipation of busbars (W)
Rated current
Proportional wiring of Pos. 2 and 3 (e.g. 30% recommended) (W)
... % Reserve for additional equipment acc. to specication (W) DERATING: According to the manufacturer, but at least 0.8
Subtotal (W) according to DIN EN 61 439 Part 1
Pos. 3 Total power dissipation of enclosures (W) (Relation of rated operating current at rated current)
Difference between power dissipation and installed power dissipation (W) The current InC denes the value for feeding InA
Data for power switchgear and controlgear assemblies made of
Through ventilation or larger enclosures the power dissipation can be increased in case of a negative
sheet steel as well as for insulation-enclosed assemblies in box-
difference. Another measure could be the reduction of the RDF.
type design are possible.
Calculating reduced RDF: RDF = power dissipation
installed power dissipation Power dissipation according to the original manufacturer.
406
Technical Data
Declaration of EC Conformity
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr./No. K 6009a
Declaration of EC-Conformity
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: D ..., DE ..., DM ..., DN ..., DP ..., DPC ..., K ..., KC ..., KM ...
Beschreibung: Kabelabzweigksten
Description: cable junction boxes
auf das sich diese Erklrung bezieht, stimmt mit folgenden Normen oder normativen Dokumenten berein:
to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following standard(s) or normative document(s):
Niederspannungs-Richtlinie 2006/95/EG
Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC
Diese Konformittserklrung entspricht der Europischen Norm EN 17050-1 Allgemeine Anforderungen fr Konformittserklrungen von
Anbietern. Das Unternehmen Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG ist Mitglied von ALPHA, Gesellschaft zur Prfung und Zertifizierung von
Niederspannungsgerten e.V.. Diese Erklrung gilt weltweit als Erklrung des Herstellers zur bereinstimmung mit den oben genannten
internationalen und nationalen Normen.
This Declaration of Conformity is suitable to the European Standard EN 17050-1 General requirements for suppliers declaration of
conformity. The company Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG is member of ALPHA, Association for testing and certification of low voltage
equipment. The declaration is world-wide valid as the manufacturers declaration of compliance with the requirements of the a.m. national
and international standards.
Ausstellungsdatum: 01.02.2013
Date of issue:
R. Cater
- Technische Geschftsleitung -
- Technical Managing Director -
407
Technical Data
Declaration of EC Conformity
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr./No. K 6010
Declaration of EC-Conformity
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: KD ..., KF ..., KF WP ....
auf das sich diese Erklrung bezieht, stimmt mit folgenden Normen oder normativen Dokumenten berein:
to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following standard(s) or normative document(s):
Niederspannungs-Richtlinie 2006/95/EG
Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC
Diese Konformittserklrung entspricht der Europischen Norm EN 17050-1 Allgemeine Anforderungen fr Konformittserklrungen von
Anbietern. Das Unternehmen Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG ist Mitglied von ALPHA, Gesellschaft zur Prfung und Zertifizierung von
Niederspannungsgerten e.V.. Diese Erklrung gilt weltweit als Erklrung des Herstellers zur bereinstimmung mit den oben genannten
internationalen und nationalen Normen.
This Declaration of Conformity is suitable to the European Standard EN 17050-1 General requirements for suppliers declaration of
conformity. The company Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG is member of ALPHA, Association for testing and certification of low voltage
equipment. The declaration is world-wide valid as the manufacturers declaration of compliance with the requirements of the a.m. national
and international standards.
Ausstellungsdatum: 01.02.2013
Date of issue:
R. Cater
- Technische Geschftsleitung -
- Technical Managing Director -
408
Technical Data
Declaration of EC Conformity
DK Cable Junction Boxes
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr./No. K 9011a
Declaration of EC-Conformity
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: FK 9025, FK 9105, FK 9255,
FK 7045, FK 7105, FK 7165
auf das sich diese Erklrung bezieht, stimmt mit folgenden Normen oder normativen Dokumenten berein:
to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following standard(s) or normative document(s):
Niederspannungs-Richtlinie 2006/95/EG
Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC
Diese Konformittserklrung entspricht der Europischen Norm EN 17050-1 Allgemeine Anforderungen fr Konformittserklrungen von
Anbietern. Das Unternehmen Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG ist Mitglied von ALPHA, Gesellschaft zur Prfung und Zertifizierung von
Niederspannungsgerten e.V.. Diese Erklrung gilt weltweit als Erklrung des Herstellers zur bereinstimmung mit den oben genannten
internationalen und nationalen Normen.
This Declaration of Conformity is suitable to the European Standard EN 17050-1 General requirements for suppliers declaration of
conformity. The company Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG is member of ALPHA, Association for testing and certification of low voltage
equipment. The declaration is world-wide valid as the manufacturers declaration of compliance with the requirements of the a.m. national
and international standards.
Ausstellungsdatum: 01.02.2013
Date of issue:
R. Cater
- Technische Geschftsleitung -
- Technical Managing Director -
409
Technical Data
Declaration of EC Conformity
KV Small Distribution Boards
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr./No. K 6104a
Declaration of EC-Conformity
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ/ Type: Kleinverteiler
Small distribution boards
Typ / type: KV ....
auf das sich diese Erklrung bezieht, stimmt mit folgenden Normen oder normativen Dokumenten berein:
to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following standard(s) or normative document(s):
Niederspannungs-Richtlinie 2006/95/EG
Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC
Diese Konformittserklrung entspricht der Europischen Norm EN 17050-1 Allgemeine Anforderungen fr Konformittserklrungen von
Anbietern. Das Unternehmen Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG ist Mitglied von ALPHA, Gesellschaft zur Prfung und Zertifizierung von
Niederspannungsgerten e.V.. Diese Erklrung gilt weltweit als Erklrung des Herstellers zur bereinstimmung mit den oben genannten
internationalen und nationalen Normen.
This Declaration of Conformity is suitable to the European Standard EN 17050-1 General requirements for suppliers declaration of
conformity. The company Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG is member of ALPHA, Association for testing and certification of low voltage
equipment. The declaration is world-wide valid as the manufacturers declaration of compliance with the requirements of the a.m. national
and international standards.
Ausstellungsdatum: 01.02.2013
Date of issue:
R. Cater
- Technische Geschftsleitung -
- Technical Managing Director -
410
Technical Data
Declaration of EC Conformity
ENYSTAR
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr./No. ENY 2009a
Declaration of EC-Conformity
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: ENYSTAR
Typ / type: FP ....
auf das sich diese Erklrung bezieht, stimmt mit folgenden Normen oder normativen Dokumenten berein:
to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following standard(s) or normative document(s):
Niederspannungs-Richtlinie 2006/95/EG
Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC
Diese Konformittserklrung entspricht der Europischen Norm EN 17050-1 Allgemeine Anforderungen fr Konformittserklrungen von
Anbietern. Das Unternehmen Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG ist Mitglied von ALPHA, Gesellschaft zur Prfung und Zertifizierung von
Niederspannungsgerten e.V.. Diese Erklrung gilt weltweit als Erklrung des Herstellers zur bereinstimmung mit den oben genannten
internationalen und nationalen Normen.
This Declaration of Conformity is suitable to the European Standard EN 17050-1 General requirements for suppliers declaration of
conformity. The company Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG is member of ALPHA, Association for testing and certification of low voltage
equipment. The declaration is world-wide valid as the manufacturers declaration of compliance with the requirements of the a.m. national
and international standards.
Ausstellungsdatum: 01.02.2013
Date of issue:
R. Cater
- Technische Geschftsleitung -
- Technical Managing Director -
411
Technical Data
Declaration of EC Conformity
Mi Power Distribution Boards
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr. K 2010a
Declaration of EC-Conformity
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: Mi-Verteiler
Mi-Distributor
Typ / type: Mi ....
auf das sich diese Erklrung bezieht, stimmt mit folgenden Normen oder normativen Dokumenten berein:
to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following standard(s) or normative document(s):
Niederspannungs-Richtlinie 2006/95/EG
Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC
Diese Konformittserklrung entspricht der Europischen Norm EN 17050-1 Allgemeine Anforderungen fr Konformittserklrungen von
Anbietern. Das Unternehmen Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG ist Mitglied von ALPHA, Gesellschaft zur Prfung und Zertifizierung von
Niederspannungsgerten e.V.. Diese Erklrung gilt weltweit als Erklrung des Herstellers zur bereinstimmung mit den oben genannten
internationalen und nationalen Normen.
This Declaration of Conformity is suitable to the European Standard EN 17050-1 General requirements for suppliers declaration of
conformity. The company Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG is member of ALPHA, Association for testing and certification of low voltage
equipment. The declaration is world-wide valid as the manufacturers declaration of compliance with the requirements of the a.m. national
and international standards.
CE-Kennzeichnung: 2012
Year of affixing CE-Marking.
Ausstellungsdatum: 19.02.2013
Date of issue:
R. Cater
- Technische Geschftsleitung -
- Technical Managing Director -
412
Index of Types and Page Register
Index of Types
and Page Register
Technical Data
Types
413
Index of Types and Page Register
D 9140 30
ASM 16 374 D 9145 24 DP 9025 43 FC L 10 337
ASM 20 374 D 9220 103 DP 9026 104 FC L 45 117
ASM 25 374 D 9225 103 DP 9220 44 FC N 10 337
ASM 32 375 D 9240 103 DP 9221 43 FC N 30 338
ASM 40 375 D 9245 103 DP 9222 43 FC PE 10 233, 337
ASM 50 375 DA 185 235 DPC 9225 43 FC PE 30 338
Types
415
Index of Types and Page Register
FP TS 1 246
K K 9350 31 KD 5065 87
416
Index of Types and Page Register
KF 9060 64 KHR 01 49, 51, 52, 114, KV 1712 156 KV 9224 M 143
KF 9100 64 KHR 02 49, 51, 52, 114, KV 2524 M 143 KV 9236 M 144
417
Index of Types and Page Register
Varnish pen RAL 7016 247, 350 Mi 1335 280 Mi 6256 302 Mi 6478 301
M
Mi 1440 280 Mi 6267 296 Mi 6855 305
418
Index of Types and Page Register
419
Index of Types and Page Register
P U
PLS 06 119 US 1 246
PLS 50 119
V
R
VA 400 235, 331
RD 9125 109
RD 9127 109
Z
RK 9062 110
S
STM 16 369
STM 20 369
STM 25 369
STM 32 369
STM 40 369
T
Technical Data
TSD 02 113
TSD 04 113
TSK 06 113
TSK 10 113
TSK 25 113
TSK 35 113
TSK 50 113
Types
420